Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Thomas K. Uchida.
    Summary: An engaging introduction to human and animal movement seen through the lens of mechanics. How do Olympic sprinters run so fast' Why do astronauts adopt a bounding gait on the moon' How do running shoes improve performance while preventing injuries' This engaging and generously illustrated book answers these questions by examining human and animal movement through the lens of mechanics. The authors present simple conceptual models to study walking and running and apply mechanical principles to a range of interesting examples. They explore the biology of how movement is produced, examining the structure of a muscle down to its microscopic force-generating motors. Drawing on their deep expertise, the authors describe how to create simulations that provide insight into muscle coordination during walking and running, suggest treatments to improve function following injury, and help design devices that enhance human performance.

    Contents:
    First steps
    Walking
    Running
    Muscle biology and force
    Muscle architecture and dynamics
    Musculoskeletal geometry
    Quantifying movement
    Inverse dynamics
    Muscle force optimization
    Muscle-driven simulation
    Muscle-driven walking
    Muscle-driven running
    Moving forward.
  • Digital
    by Tien Tuan Dao, Marie-Christine Ho Ba Tho.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system
    Chapter 2. Modeling of biomedical data uncertainty
    Chapter 3. Knowledge modeling in biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system
    Chapter 4. Clinical applications of biomechanical and knowledge-based models
    Chapter 5. Software and tools for knowledge modeling and reasoning/interference.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Jean-Benoit Morin, Pierre Samozino, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an account of innovative methods and, for most of them, gives direct and practical insights into how practitioners can benefit from their use in their everyday practice. It also explains how to interpret the data measured, and the underlying neuromechanical and biomechanical factors related to sports performance. Written and edited by the same researchers who proposed and validated these methods, this book not only presents innovative methods for an efficient training and testing process (most of which are based on very simple technology and data processing methods), but also discusses the associated background information. Although it is a young scientific discipline, sport biomechanics has taken on an important role in routine sports training, medicine and rehabilitation. It allows both a better understanding of human locomotion and performance and better design of training and injury prevention. In those processes, the testing of athletes is crucial, and the quality and quantity of the variables analysed directly influences the efficiency of physicians', coaches', physiotherapists' and other practitioners' interventions.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Optimizing Sport Performance Is like Cooking; 1.2 See the Big Picture First; 1.3 Simple Models, Simple Methods; References; Cycling; 2 Maximal Force-Velocity and Power-Velocity Characteristics in Cycling: Assessment and Relevance; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Measurement of Mechanical Output (Force, Velocity and Power) During Sprint Pedaling; 2.3 Maximal Force- and Power-Velocity Relationships in Cycling; 2.3.1 Testing and Processing; 2.3.2 Meaning of the Indexes Extracted from the Relationships. 2.4 Methodological Consideration and Practical Advices2.4.1 Period of Averaging to Draw F-V or P-V Relationships and Duration of the Sprint; 2.4.2 Quality of the F-V and P-V Models: â#x80;#x9C;Calculatedâ#x80;#x9D; Versus â#x80;#x9C;Trueâ#x80;#x9D; Data; 2.4.3 Main Factors to Control that may influence Maximal Power Output; 2.5 Field Measurement in Ecological Condition; 2.5.1 Mathematical Model of Sprint Cycling; 2.5.2 Direct Measurement with Portable System; 2.6 Conclusion; References; 3 Mechanical Effectiveness and Coordination: New Insights into Sprint Cycling Performance; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction. 3.2 Torque Profile and Concept of Mechanical Effectiveness3.2.1 Production of Power over the Pedaling Cycle; 3.2.2 Mechanical Effectiveness: The Orientation of Pedal Force; 3.3 Joint-Specific Power and Interest in Inverse Dynamics; 3.3.1 Approach and Principle; 3.3.2 Information Regarding Force and Power Capabilities in Cycling; 3.4 Muscle Activity and Muscle Coordination; 3.4.1 The Specificity of Muscle Coordination in Sprint Cycling; 3.4.2 Coordination of Monoarticular and Biarticular Muscles; 3.4.3 Muscle Coordination and Torqueâ#x80;#x93;Velocity Relationship. 3.5 Practical Implications and Perspectives for Testing and Performance3.5.1 Pedaling Effectiveness, Muscle Coordination and Performance: Whatâ#x80;#x99;s the Link?; 3.5.2 Outcomes Regarding the Meaning of Forceâ#x80;#x93;Velocity and Powerâ#x80;#x93;Velocity Relationships in Cycling and Perspectives for Testing and Training; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Ballistic Movements of Upper and Lower Limbs; 4 A Simple Method for Measuring Lower Limb Force, Velocity and Power Capabilities During Jumping; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Force, Velocity, Power Mechanical Profile. 4.2.1 Force-Velocity and Power-Velocity Relationships in Jumping4.2.2 Force-Velocity Mechanical Profile in Jumping; 4.3 Reference Testing Methods; 4.3.1 Methodological Considerations; 4.3.2 Laboratory Methods; 4.3.3 Field Methods; 4.3.4 Limitations of the Reference Methods; 4.4 A Simple Method for Measuring Force, Velocity and Power During Jumping; 4.4.1 Theoretical Bases and Equations; 4.4.2 Limits of the Method; 4.4.3 Validation of the Method; 4.5 Technologies and Input Measurements; 4.5.1 Jump Height; 4.5.2 Push-off Distance; 4.6 Practical Applications; 4.7 Conclusion; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lisa A. Eaton, Seth C. Kalichman, editors.
    Summary: Three decades into the epidemic, a great deal is known about HIV and its transmission, more people are living with the disease, and the virus is no longer seen as a death sentence. But new people continue to be infected with HIV each year, making prevention strategies that are medically effective and behaviorally engaging as urgent a priority as ever. Biomedical Advances in HIV Prevention: Social and Behavioral Perspectives assembles the latest improvements, barriers to implementation, and possibilities for--and challenges to--future progress. Innovations such as pre-exposure prophylaxis (antiretroviral regimens for the high-risk uninfected) and treatment as prevention (early use of ART to reduce infectiousness of new patients) are examined, as are current findings on ongoing prevention and treatment concerns. Contributors illuminate the complex realities entailing adherence, pointing out technological, behavioral, and cultural roadblocks as well as opportunities to significantly reduce infection rates.

    Contents:
    Part I: Advances in HIV Prevention Technologies
    Advances, Promises, and Challenges in HIV Prevention
    Translating Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis Evidence into Practice and Public Health Impact
    Prevention Services with Persons Living with HIV
    Advocating for Rectal Microbicides and Safe Lubricants
    Part II: Behavioral Challenges and Opportunities
    Adherence to HIV Treatment as Prevention and Preexposure Prophylaxis
    Risk Compensation in Response to HIV Prevention
    Mental Health and Substance Use in the Scale-Up of HIV Prevention
    Substance Use Treatment in the Era of New HIV Prevention Technologies
    Part III: Global Perspectives
    Revolution or Evolution? What Can Approaches Based on the Use of Antiretroviral Drugs Contribute to HIV Prevention in Gay Communities in High-Income Countries?
    Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Uganda
    Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Thailand
    Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Ecuador and Peru.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mahendra Rai, Avinash P. Ingle, Serenella Medici, editors.
    Summary: Focused more specifically on the recent advances in applications of various metals and their complexes used in biomedicine, particularly in the diagnosis and treatment of chronic diseases. The editors give equal importance to other key aspects such as toxicological issues and safety concerns. The application of metals in the biomedical field is highly interdisciplinary and has a broad appeal across all biomedical specialties. Biomedical Applications of Metals is particularly focused on covering the role of metals in medicine and the development of novel therapeutic products and solutions in the form of alternative medicines, and some topics on Indian traditional medicine i.e., "Ayurveda." In Section I, the book discusses the role of metals in medicines and include chapters on nanoparticles, noble metals, medical devices, copper. selenium, silver, and microbial pathogens; while Section II includes topics on metals toxicity including heavy metals, carcinogens, cancer therapy, Bhasma's and chelating agents used in Ayurveda, and biochemical and molecular targets including actions of metals. These new and emerging concepts of applications of metals in medicine, their crucial role in management of microbial resistance, and their use in the treatment of various chronic diseases is essential information for toxicologists, and clinical and biomedical researchers.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Applications of Metals in Medicine
    Noble Metals in Pharmaceuticals: Applications and Limitations
    The Intriguing Potential of "Minor" Noble Metals: Emerging Trends and New Applications
    Metal-on-Metal Hip Total Hip Arthroplasty: Progress and Problems
    Copper in Medicine: Perspectives and Toxicity
    Silver: Biomedical Applications and Adverse Effects
    The Potential of Metals in Combating Bacterial Pathogens
    Platinum in Biomedical Applications
    Metal-Based Drugs for Treatment of Malaria
    Metal Based Therapy in Traditional and Modern Medicine System and Cancer Therapy: Implications and Limitations
    Mechanism of Action of Anticancer Metallodrugs
    Part 2: Toxicity of Metals
    Toxicity of Bhasmas and Chelating Agents of Ayurveda
    The Flop Side of Using Heavy Metal (oids)s in the Traditional Medicine: Toxic Insults and Injury to Human Health
    Impact of Heavy Metal Carcinogens on Human Health
    Biochemical and Molecular Targets of Heavy Metals and Their Actions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Raymond H.W. Lam, Weiqiang Chen.
    Summary: This textbook provides essential knowledge for biomedical product development, including material properties, fabrication processes and design techniques for different applications, as well as process design and optimization. This book is multidisciplinary and readers can learn techniques to apply acquired knowledge for various applications of biomedical design. Further, this book encourages readers to discover and convert newly reported technologies into products and services for the future development of biomedical applications. This is an ideal book for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students, engineers, technologists, and researchers working in the area of biomedical engineering and manufacturing. This book also: Provides a comprehensive set of fundamental knowledge for engineering students and entry level engineers to design biomedical devices. Offers a unique approach to manufacturing of biomedical devices by integrating and formulating different considerations in process design tasks into optimization problems. Provides a broad range of application examples to guide readers through the thinking process of designing and manufacturing biomedical devices, from basic understanding about the requirements and regulations to a set of manufacturing parameters.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Biomedical Devices; 1.1 Overview of Biomedical Devices; 1.2 Biomedical Device Industry; 1.3 Regulatory Issues; 1.4 The Demands for Biomedical Engineers; 1.5 Human System Basics; 1.6 Surgical Tools; 1.6.1 Surgical Scalpel; 1.6.2 Surgical Sutures; 1.7 Devices for Sensory Organs; 1.7.1 Skin Devices; 1.7.2 Contact Lenses; 1.8 Cardiovascular Devices; 1.8.1 Artificial Heart Valve; 1.8.2 Pacemaker; 1.8.3 Vascular Stent; 1.9 Skeleton Devices; 1.10 Tissue Grafts; 1.11 Summary; References and Further Reading Part I: Biomaterials
    Chapter 2: Basic Material Properties; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Solid Properties; 2.2.1 Direct Stress and Strain; 2.2.2 Stress-Strain Diagram; 2.2.3 Shear Stress and Strain; 2.2.4 Poissonś Ratio; 2.3 Thermal Properties; 2.3.1 Thermal Strain and Deformation; 2.3.2 Specific Heat Capacity; 2.3.3 Changes of Moduli of Elasticity and Rigidity with Temperature; 2.4 Fluidic Properties; 2.4.1 Viscosity; 2.4.2 Types of Flows; 2.5 Surface and Interfacial Properties; 2.5.1 Surface Roughness; 2.5.2 Friction and Lubrication at the Tool-Workpiece Interface; 2.5.3 Adhesion/Binding Strength Problem 3.4Problem 3.5; Problem 3.6; Problem 3.7; Problem 3.8; Problem 3.9; Problem 3.10; References and Further Reading;
    Chapter 4: Polymers; 4.1 Overview; 4.2 Basic Characteristics; 4.3 Polymeric Synthesis; 4.3.1 Overview; 4.3.2 Addition; 4.3.3 Condensation; 4.3.4 Number- and Weight-Average Molecular Weights; 4.4 Physical Properties; 4.4.1 Relaxation, Transition, and Melt Viscosity; 4.4.2 Theory of Melting Point Depression; 4.4.3 Glass Transition as an Iso-Free-Volume State; 4.4.4 Rubbery Elasticity; 4.4.5 Relationships of Tm and Tg with Molecular Weight; 4.5 Common Polymeric Biomaterials ProblemsProblem 2.1; Problem 2.2; Problem 2.3; Problem 2.4; Problem 2.5; Problem 2.6; Problem 2.7; Problem 2.8; Problem 2.9; References and Further Reading;
    Chapter 3: Metals and Alloys; 3.1 Overview; 3.2 Crystalline Characteristic of Metals; 3.2.1 Crystal Direction and Planes; 3.2.2 Line Defects and Grains; 3.3 Common Physical Properties; 3.3.1 Interatomic Attraction and Repulsion; 3.3.2 Corrosion; 3.3.3 Biocompatibility; 3.4 Metal Strengthening; 3.4.1 Work Hardening; 3.4.2 Grain Size Control; 3.4.3 Alloying; 3.5 Common Metallic Biomaterials; Problems; Problem 3.1; Problem 3.2; Problem 3.3 ProblemsProblem 4.1; Problem 4.2; Problem 4.3; Problem 4.4; Problem 4.5; Problem 4.6; Problem 4.7; Problem 4.8; Problem 4.9; Problem 4.10; References and Further Reading;
    Chapter 5: Ceramics; 5.1 Overview; 5.2 General Characteristics; 5.2.1 Basic Physical Properties; 5.2.2 Porosity; 5.2.3 Fracture and Bridging Contribution; 5.2.4 Slip Dislocation; 5.2.5 Biocompatibility; 5.3 Common Bioceramics; 5.3.1 Basic Bioceramics; 5.3.2 Resorbable Ceramics; Problems; Problem 5.1; Problem 5.2; Problem 5.3; Problem 5.4; Problem 5.5; Problem 5.6; Problem 5.7; Problem 5.8; References and Further Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sudip Paul, editor.
    Summary: This book illustrates the significance of biomedical engineering in modern healthcare systems. Biomedical engineering plays an important role in a range of areas, from diagnosis and analysis to treatment and recovery and has entered the public consciousness through the proliferation of implantable medical devices, such as pacemakers and artificial hips, as well as the more futuristic technologies such as stem cell engineering and 3-D printing of biological organs. Starting with an introduction to biomedical engineering, the book then discusses various tools and techniques for medical diagnostics and treatment and recent advances. It also provides comprehensive and integrated information on rehabilitation engineering, including the design of artificial body parts, and the underlying principles, and standards. It also presents a conceptual framework to clarify the relationship between ethical policies in medical practice and philosophical moral reasoning. Lastly, the book highlights a number of challenges associated with modern healthcare technologies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Basic Overview of Human Physiology
    Chapter 2. Basics of Bioelectronics. Collection methods
    Chapter 3. Overview of Medical Physics
    Chapter 4. Biosensors and Transducers
    Chapter 5. Biomaterials and its medical applications
    Chapter 6. Bioinstrumentation and its design aspects
    Chapter 7. Techniques related to disease diagnosis and therapeutics
    Chapter 8. Biosignals and its significance
    Chapter 9. Medical imaging and image processing
    Chapter 10. Pathophysiology of diseases causing physical disability
    Chapter 11. Rehabilitation engineering
    Chapter 12. Robotics and its applications
    Chapter 13. Calibration, repair and safety aspects
    Chapter 14. Medical ethics and policies
    Chapter 15. Modern diagnostics tools.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Carlos Reyes-Aldasoro.
    Summary: As its title suggests, this innovative book has been written for life scientists needing to analyse their data sets, and programmers, wanting a better understanding of the types of experimental images life scientists investigate on a regular basis. Each chapter presents one self-contained biomedical experiment to be analysed. Part I of the book presents its two basic ingredients: essential concepts of image analysis and Matlab. In Part II, algorithms and techniques are shown as series of 'recipes' or solved examples that show how specific techniques are applied to a biomedical experiments like Western Blots, Histology, Scratch Wound Assays and Fluoresence. Each recipe begins with simple techniques that gradually advance in complexity. Part III presents some advanced techniques for the generation of publication quality figures. The book does not assume any computational or mathematical expertise.

    Contents:
    The basic ingredients
    Introduction to images
    Introduction to color
    Western blots
    Scratch wound assays
    Microscopy
    Analysing fluorescent cells
    Creating publication quality figures from MATLAB.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joo Hwee Lim, Sim Heng Ong, Wei Xiong.
    Contents:
    Overview of biomedical image understanding methods / Wei Xiong, Jierong Cheng, Ying Gu, Shimiao Li and Joo Hwee Lim
    Medical image segmentation and its application in cardiac MRI / Dong Wei, Chao Li and Ying Sun
    Retinal vascular measurements with VAMPIRE / Emanuele Trucco, Andrea Giachetti, Lucia Ballerini, Devanjali Relan, Alessandro Cavinato and Tom MacGillivray
    Analyzing cell and tissue morphologies using pattern recognition algorithms / Hwee Kuan Lee, Yan Nei Law, ChaoHui Huang and Choon Kong Yap
    3D nonrigid image registration by Parzenwindow based normalized mutual information / Rui Xu, YenWei Chen, Shigehiro Morikawa and Yoshimasa Kurumi
    2D/3D image registration for endovascular abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA) repair / Shun Miao and Rui Liao
    Motion tracking in medical images / Chuqing Cao, Chao Li and Ying Sun
    Blood smear analysis and malaria infection detection from blood cell images / Wei Xiong, SimHeng Ong, Joo Hwee Lim, Jierong Cheng and Ying Gu
    Liver tumor segmentation using SVM framework and pathology characterization / Jiayin Zhou, Yanling Chi, Weimin Huang, Wei Xiong, Wenyu Chen, Jimin Liu and Sudhakar K. Venkatesh
    Benchmarking lymph node metastasis classification for gastric cancer staging / Su Zhang, Chao Li, Shuheng Zhang, Lifang Pang and Huan Zhang
    The use of knowledge in biomedical image analysis / Florence Cloppet
    Active shape model for contour detection of anatomical structure / Huiqi Li and Qing Nie.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Edward H. Shortliffe, James J. Cimino.
    Summary: This 5th edition of this essential textbook continues to meet the growing demand of practitioners, researchers, educators, and students for a comprehensive introduction to key topics in biomedical informatics and the underlying scientific issues that sit at the intersection of biomedical science, patient care, public health and information technology (IT). Emphasizing the conceptual basis of the field rather than technical details, it provides the tools for study required for readers to comprehend, assess, and utilize biomedical informatics and health IT. It focuses on practical examples, a guide to additional literature, chapter summaries and a comprehensive glossary with concise definitions of recurring terms for self-study or classroom use. Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine reflects the remarkable changes in both computing and health care that continue to occur and the exploding interest in the role that IT must play in care coordination and the melding of genomics with innovations in clinical practice and treatment. New and heavily revised chapters have been introduced on human-computer interaction, mHealth, personal health informatics and precision medicine, while the structure of the other chapters has undergone extensive revisions to reflect the developments in the area. The organization and philosophy remain unchanged, focusing on the science of information and knowledge management, and the role of computers and communications in modern biomedical research, health and health care.

    Contents:
    Biomedical Informatics: The Science and the Pragmatics
    Biomedical Data: Their Acquisition, Storage, and Use
    Biomedical Decision Making: Probabilistic Clinical Reasoning
    Cognitive Science and Biomedical Informatics
    Computer Architectures for Health Care and Biomedicine
    Software Engineering for Health Care and Biomedicine
    Standards in Biomedical Informatics
    Natural Language Processing in Health Care and Biomedicine
    Biomedical Imaging Informatics
    Ethics and Biomedical and Health Informatics: Users, Standards, and Outcomes
    Evaluation of Biomedical and Health Information Resources
    Electronic Health Record Systems
    The Health Information Infrastructure
    Management of Information in Health Care Organizations
    Patient-Centered Care Systems
    Public Health Informatics
    Consumer Health Informatics and Personal Health Records
    Telehealth
    Patient Monitoring Systems
    Imaging Systems in Radiology
    Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries
    Clinical Decision-Support Systems
    Computers in Health Care Education
    Bioinformatics
    Translational Bioinformatics
    Clinical Research Informatics
    Health Information Technology Policy
    The Future of Informatics in Biomedicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kevin Bretonnel Cohen, Dina Demner-Fushman.
    Summary: Biomedical Natural Language Processing" is a comprehensive tour through the classic and current work in the field. It discusses all subjects from both a rule-based and a machine learning approach, and also describes each subject from the perspective of both biological science and clinical medicine. The intended audience is readers who already have a background in natural language processing, but a clear introduction makes it accessible to readers from the fields of bioinformatics and computational biology, as well. The book is suitable as a reference, as well as a text for advanced courses in biomedical natural language processing and text mining.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to natural language processing
    2. Historical background
    3. Named entity recognition
    4. Relation extraction
    5. Information retrieval/document classification
    6. Concept normalization
    7. Ontologies and computational lexical semantics
    8. Summarization
    9. Question-answering
    10. Software engineering
    11. Corpus construction and annotation
    References
    Index.
  • Digital
    edited by Brian J.-F. Wong, Justus Ilgner.
    Contents:
    Contemporary laser surgical procedures in the head and neck
    Advanced therapeutic concepts of light therapy
    Photodynamic therapy
    Optical diagnostics: introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Babak Arjmand, Moloud Payab, Parisa Goodarzi, editors.
    Summary: This textbook covers all the steps in manufacturing a biomedical product from bench to bedside. It specifically focuses on quality assurance and management and explains the different good practice principles in the various phases of product development as well as how to fulfill them: Good laboratory practice, good manufacturing practice and good clinical practice. It provides readers with the know-how to design biomedical experiments to ensure quality and integrity, to plan and conduct standard preclinical studies and to assure the quality of the final manufactured biomedical products. Importantly, it also addresses ethical concerns and considerations. The book discusses the guidelines and ethical considerations for preclinical and clinical studies, to allow readers to identify safety concerns regarding biomedical products and to improve pre-clinical studies for the development of better products. This textbook is a valuable guide for biomedical students (B.Sc., M.S., and Ph.D. students) in the field of molecular medicine, medical biotechnology, stem cell research and related areas, as well as for professionals such as quality control staff, tissue bankers, policy-makers and health professionals.

    Contents:
    1. An Introduction to Biomedical Product Development
    2. Basic Essentials and Applications of Quality Management System (QMS) in Biomedical Sciences
    3. Principles of Good Laboratory Practice (GLP)
    4. Design of Experimental Studies in Biomedical Sciences
    5. Preclinical Studies for Development of Biomedical Products
    6. Principles of Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP)
    7.The importance of Cleanroom facility in manufacturing of biomedical products
    8. Safety concerns and requirement of cell based products for clinical application
    9. Standards and regulatory frameworks (for cell and tissue based products)
    10. Principles of Good clinical Practice (GCP)
    11. Design, performance and monitoring of clinical trials
    12. Good Clinical Practice: Guidelines and Requirement
    13. Ethical Considerations of Biomedical Products Development.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Seward B. Rutkove.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    PART 1: Basic considerations
    1. So do you really want to pursue research?
    2. What's in store: The brighter side of medical research
    3. What's in store: The darker side of medical research
    4. One degree of separation
    5. Choosing and working with a mentor
    6. Identifying a research niche you can call your own
    7. Useful Definitions
    PART 2: Research Foundations and Structures
    8. The Institutional Review Board: Do's, Don'ts, and Nevers...
    9. Animal Care and Use Committees
    10. Research beyond humans and vertebrates
    11. Hiring Research Staff
    12. Strategy and Tactics: Running a Successful Laboratory
    13. Everything you ever wanted to know about collaboration Part 3: Successful Paper and Grant Writing
    14. Writing a successful research paper. I
    Up to the point of submission
    15. Writing a successful research paper. II
    Revising, resubmitting, and post-acceptance tasks
    16. Funding: An overview
    17. Where to apply for funding: making the right choices
    18. Writing a winning grant application
    19. Grant budgeting
    20. Grant writing: Pearls and lumps of coal
    21. Research Training, Fellowship, and Career grants
    22. Grant review from the inside
    23. Interpreting your reviews
    24. To resubmit or not resubmit and how to do it
    Part 4: Good presentations, conferencing, networking, and other useful tools
    25. The art of good presentation
    26. Effective conferencing
    27. Networking in the 21st century
    28. Conflicts of interest
    29. Scientific conduct and misconduct: what is right and proper, what is not, and what is somewhere in the middle
    30. Article review and reading: being efficient and as thorough as you need to be
    31. Patents
    32. Working with industry
    Part 5: Career choices and life lessons
    33. Jobs in biomedical science: seeking, landing, and changing
    34. Academic Promotion and Titles
    35. On being a mentor
    36. Yardsticks of success
    37. Research Life Lesson #1: Everything takes longer than you think, so plan for it
    38. Research life lesson #2: A person's research is endlessly important to them
    39. Research Life lesson #3: Balance, timing, cycles and seeing the big picture
    40. Research Life Lesson #4: Your career is an ultramarathon, not a sprint
    41. Conclusion: Nothing satisfies like meaningful work
    Acknowledgements.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by RC Sobti and Aastha Sobti.
    Summary: "Biomedical research is the first step towards the creation of new medications and treatments that help to manage different types of health conditions and diseases. The prevention and cure of diseases would be practically impossible without such type of research. Although, the drug discovery and development process are far too costly, time-consuming, prone to failure and low success rate, now-a-days the term "translational research or medicine" seems to have become trendy, yet it is insufficient. The present book is a sincere attempt by dedicated researchers with an ideology to cover the importance of translational biomedical research, medicine, and disease, most importantly, basic, and clinical difficulties in the translation of diagnostic measures, pharmaceutical advances, biomarkers, diagnostics, and therapeutics. This book is meant for researchers, scientists, healthcare professionals, industry, innovators, and students of biomedical sciences, as well as basic sciences, biochemistry, biotechnology, biophysics, and life sciences in general. The volume is comprehensively covers emerging technologies for health care, various aspects of biomedical research towards understanding of pathophysiology of the diseases, advances in improvement in diagnostic procedures and therapeutic tools, the fundamental role of biomedical research in the development of new medicinal products"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
  • Digital
    Iyad Obeid, Ivan Selesnick, Joseph Picone, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an interdisciplinary look at emerging trends in signal processing and biomedicine found at the intersection of healthcare, engineering, and computer science. It examines the vital role signal processing plays in enabling a new generation of technology based on big data, and looks at applications ranging from medical electronics to data mining of electronic medical records. Topics covered include analysis of medical images, machine learning, biomedical nanosensors, wireless technologies, and instrumentation and electrical stimulation. Biomedical Signal Processing: Innovation and Applications presents tutorials and examples of successful applications, and will appeal to a wide range of professionals, researchers, and students interested in applications of signal processing, medicine, and biology. Presents an interdisciplinary look at research trends in signal processing and biomedicine; Promotes collaboration between healthcare practitioners and signal processing researchers; Includes tutorials and examples of successful applications.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Multi-class fNIRS Classification of Motor Execution Tasks with Application to Brain Computer Interfaces
    Chapter 2. A Comparative Study of End-to-End Discriminative Deep Learning Models for Knee Joint Kinematic Time Series Classification
    Chapter 3. Nonlinear Smoothing of Data with Random Gaps and Outliers (DRAGO) Improves Estimation of Circadian Rhythm
    Chapter 4. Wearable Smart Garment Devices for Passive Biomedical Monitoring
    Chapter 5. Spatial Distribution of Seismocardiographic Signals
    Chapter 6. Noninvasive Vascular Blood Sound Monitoring Through Flexible Pvdf Microphone
    Chapter 7. Fast Automatic Artifact Annotator for EEG Signals Using Deep Learning
    Chapter 8. Objective evaluation metrics for automatic classification of EEG events.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Shakti Kumar Yadav, Sompal Singh, Ruchika Gupta.
    Summary: This book is written in a very easy-to-follow format, and explains the key concepts of biomedical statistics in a lucid yet straightforward manner. It explains how mathematical and statistical tools can be used to find answers to common research questions. In addition, the main text is supplemented by a wealth of solved exercises and illustrative examples to aid in comprehension. Given its content, the book offers an invaluable quick reference guide for graduating students and can be very helpful in their examination process. At the same time, it represents a handy guide for medical and paramedical teachers, post-graduate medical students, research personnel, biomedical scientists and epidemiologists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Applications of Statistics
    Chapter 2. Statistical Terms
    Chapter 3. Data Types
    Chapter 4. Data Classification
    Chapter 5. Data Presentation
    Chapter 6. Measures of Central Tendency
    Chapter 7. Measures of Location
    Chapter 8. Measures of Dispersion
    Chapter 9. Sampling Methods
    Chapter 10. Statistical Distribution-Continuous
    Chapter 11. Sampling Distribution and Hypothesis testing
    Chapter 12. Test of Inference- one sample or two sample mean
    Chapter 13. Test for Inference- Multiple sample comparisons
    Chapter 14. Test for Inference- Categorical Data I
    Chapter 15. Test for Inference- Categorical Data II
    Chapter 16. Test for Inference- Correlation and Regression
    Chapter 17. Non Parametric Tests
    Chapter 18. Sample Size Estimation
    Chapter 19. Epidemiological Studies
    Chapter 20. Analysis of Diagnostic Test
    Chapter 21. Demography
    Chapter 22. Measures of Demography
    Chapter 23. Infectious Disease Epidemiology
    Chapter 24. Life Tables
    Chapter 25. Introduction to Probability
    Chapter 26. Random Variable and Mathematical Expectation
    Chapter 27. Statistical Distribution- Discrete
    Chapter 28. Univariate logistic regression- Theoretical aspects
    Chapter 29. Use of Computer software for basic statistics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yellowlees Douglas, PhD, Associate Professor, University of Florida, Maria B. Grant, MD, Professor, University of Alabama-Birmingham.
    Summary: "Writing today is a task that most researchers delegate to the least-seasoned member of their unit. These junior members of teams are, if anything, even more in the dark about the entire cycle of writing, submission, and revision than the rest of the team. Perversely, we treat the most challenging aspect of research as gruntwork best passed off to the individuals who cannot refuse to do it. Perhaps, if researchers knew the logistics of good writing and the gauntlets we all pass through in getting work published or funded, they would spend more time mentoring their teammates and even less time delegating"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Writing : the most vital and neglected skill
    Writing for your reader's brain
    Before you begin : getting to so what? and who cares?
    Getting published : manuscripts, journals, and submissions
    Getting funded : applying for grants
    Collaborative writing : pass the baton
    Communicating with the public.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony R. White, Michael Aschner, Lucio G. Costa, Ashley I. Bush.
    Contents:
    Biometals and Alzheimer's disease / Alexandra I. Mot, Peter J. Crouch
    Copper in Alzheimer's disease / Rosanna Squitti, Maricarla Ventriglia, Mariacristina Siotto, Carlo Salustri
    The role of selenium in neurodegenerative diseases / Bárbara R. Cardoso, Dominic J. Hare, Ashley I. Bush
    Does HFE genotype impact macrophage phenotype in disease process and therapeutic response? / Anne M. Nixon, James R. Connor
    Chemical elements and oxidative status in neuroinflammation / Michela Ferraldeschi, Silvia Romano, Maria C. Buscarinu, Arianna Fornasiero, Rosella Mechelli, Benedetta Cerasoli, Anna Pino, Sonia Brescianini, Carlo Mattei, Maria A. Stazi, Alessandro Alimonti, Marco Salvetti, Giovanni Ristori
    Metals and neuroinflammation / Stephen C. Bondy
    Metals and prions / David R. Brown
    Manganese and neurodegeneration / Dinamene Marques Dos Santos, Michael Aschner, Ana P. Marrielha Dos Santos
    Zinc in autism / Stefanie Grabrucker, Andreas M. Grabrucker
    Metals and motor neuron disease / Per M. Roos
    Metals and Lysosomal storage disorders / Henna Kontinnen, Katarína Lejavová, Tarja Malm, Katja M Kanninen
    Developmental exposure to metals and its contribution to age-related neurodegeneration / Lucio G. Costa
    Metal biology associated with Huntington's disease / Terry Jo V. Bichell, Timothy C. Halbesma, K. Grace Tipps, Aaron B. Bowman
    Metal-binding to Amyloid-ss peptide / Melisa Del Barrio, Valentina Borghesani, Christelle Hureau, Peter Faller
    Metals and mitochondria in neurodegeneration / Germán Plascencia-Villa, Miguel José- Yacamán, George Perry
    Metal transporters in neurodegeneration / Hong Jiang
    Metal imaging in the brain / David C. Dorman
    Metalloregulation of protein clearance / Alejandra Ramírez Muñoz, Mark A. Greenough, Ashley I. Bush, Carlos M. Opazo
    Metals and autophagy in neurotoxicitiy / Peng Su, Michael Aschner, Jingyuan Chen, Wenjing Luo
    An overview of multifunctonal metal chelators as potential treatments for neurodegenerative diseases / Frank W. Lewis, David Tétard
    Abnormal function of metalloprotein underlies most neurodegenerative diseases / Katja M. Kanninen, Anthony R. White.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Insup Noh, editor.
    Summary: "This volume outlines the current status in the field of biomimetic medical materials and illustrates research into their applications in tissue engineering. The book is divided into six parts, focusing on nano biomaterials, stem cells, tissue engineering, 3D printing, immune responses and intellectual property. Each chapter has its own introduction and outlines current research trends in a variety of applications of biomimetic medical materials. The biomimetic medical materials that are covered include functional hydrogels, nanoparticles for drug delivery and medicine, the 3D bioprinting of biomaterials, sensor materials, stem cell interactions with biomaterials, immune responses to biomaterials, biodegradable hard scaffolds for tissue engineering, as well as other important topics, like intellectual property. Each chapter is written by a team of experts. This volume attempts to introduce the biomimetic properties of biomedical materials within the context of our current understanding of the nanotechnology of nanoparticles and fibres and the macroscopic aspects of 3D bioprinting"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Overviews of biomimetic medical materials / Dipankar Das, Insup Noh
    Nanomaterials as an emerging biomimetic materials. Protein cage nanoparticles as delivery nanoplatforms / Bongseo Choi, Hansol Kim, Hyukjun Choi, Sebyung Kang
    Cell membrane coated nanoparticles: an emerging biomimetic nanoplatform for targeted bioimaging and therapy / Veena Vijayan, Saji Uthaman, In-Kyu Park
    Graphene-based nanomaterials and their applications in biosensors / Young Jun Kim, Bongjin Jeong
    Graphene-functionalized biomimetic scaffolds for tissue regeneration / Yong Cheol Shin, Su-Jin Song, Suck Won Hong, Jin-Woo Oh, Yu-Shik Hwang, Yu Suk Choi [and others]
    Biomimetic materials in tissue engineering. influence of biomimetic materials on cell migration / Min Sung Kim [and others]
    Biomimetic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering / Joon Yeong Park [and others]
    Recent progress in vascular tissue-engineered blood vessels / Jun Chen, Grant C. Alexander, Pratheek S. Bobba, Ho-Wook Jun
    Biomimetic medical materials and stem cells. microenvironmental regulation of stem cell behavior through biochemical and biophysical stimulation / Bogyu Choi, Deogil Kim, Inbo Han, Soo-Hong Lee
    Decellularized tissue matrix for stem cell and tissue engineering / Jung Seung Lee, Yi Sun Choi, Seung-Woo Cho
    Biomaterials for stem cell therapy for cardiac disease / Hyunbum Kim, Seung-Hyun L. Kim, Young-Hwan Choi, Young-Hyun Ahn, Nathaniel S. Hwang
    Immunoresponses of biomimetic medical materials. immunomodulation of biomaterials by controlling macrophage polarization / Hyeong-Cheol Yang, Hee Chul Park, Hongxuan Quan, Yongjoon Kim
    Artificial methods for t cell activation: critical tools in T cell biology and T cell immunotherapy / Kyung-Ho Roh
    Regulatory T cell-mediated tissue repair / Jihye Hong, Byung-Soo Kim
    Functional biomaterials. ROS-responsive biomaterial design for medical applications / Jung Bok Lee [and others]
    Fibrin-based biomaterial applications in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Chan Ho Park, Kyung Mi Woo
    Fabrication of electrochemical-based bioelectronic device and biosensor composed of biomaterial-nanomaterial hybrid / Mohsen Mohammadniaei, Chulhwan Park, Junhong Min, Hiesang Sohn, Taek Lee
    Biomimetic self-assembling peptide hydrogels for tissue engineering applications / Jiaju Lu, Xiumei Wang
    Bioartificial esophagus: where are we now? / Eun-Jae Chung
    3-D bioprinting biomaterials. ECM based bioink for tissue mimetic 3D bioprinting / Seung Yun Nam, Sang-Hyug Park
    3D bioprinting for artificial pancreas organ / Seon Jae Lee, Jae Bin Lee, Young-Woo Park, Dong Yun Lee
    Intellectual properties in applications of biomimetic medical materials. current status of development and intellectual properties of biomimetic medical materials / Janarthanan Gopinathan, Insup Noh.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gordana Vunjak-Novakovic, Department of Biomedical Engineering and Department of Medicine, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA, Kursad Turksen, Sprott Centre for Stem Cell Research, Ottawa Hospital Research Institute, Ottawa, ON, Canada.
    Contents:
    Derivation and network formation of vascular cells from human pluripotent stem cells
    High-throughput cell aggregate culture for stem cell chondrogenesis
    Microfluidic device to culture 3D in vitro human capillary networks
    Multifunction co-culture model for evaluating cell-cell interactions
    Multiwell plate tools for controlling cellular alignment with grooved topography
    Bioreactor cultivation of anatomically shaped human bone grafts
    Determining the role of matrix compliance in the differentiation of mammary stem cells
    Conjugation of proteins to polymer chains to create multivalent molecules
    An assay to quantify chemotactic properties of degradation products from extracellular matrix
    Biomimetic strategies incorporating enzymes into CaP coatings mimicking the in vivo environment
    Fabrication of biofunctionalized, cell-laden macroporous 3D PEG hydrogels as bone marrow analogs for the cultivation of human hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells
    Extracellular matrix mimetic peptide scaffolds for neural stem cell culture and differentiation
    The delivery and evaluation of RNAi therapeutics for heterotopic ossification pathologies
    Mimicking bone microenvironment for directing adipose tissue-derived mesenchymal stem cells into osteogenic differentiation
    Cultivation of human bone-like tissue from pluripotent stem cell-derived osteogenic progenitors in perfusion bioreactors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Heung Jae Chun, Rui L. Reis, Antonella Motta, Gilson Khang, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kazuyoshi Endo, Toshihiro Kogure, Hiromichi Nagasawa, editors.
    Summary: This open access book is the proceedings of the 14th International Symposium on Biomineralization (BIOMIN XIV) held in 2017 at Tsukuba. Over the past 45 years, biomineralization research has unveiled details of the characteristics of the nano-structure of various biominerals; the formation mechanism of this nano-structure, including the initial stage of crystallization; and the function of organic matrices in biominerals, and this knowledge has been applied to dental, medical, pharmaceutical, materials, agricultural and environmental sciences and paleontology. As such, biomineralization is an important interdisciplinary research area, and further advances are expected in both fundamental and applied research.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I. Structure and analysis of biominerals
    1 On the transition temperature to calcite and cell lengths for various biogenic aragonite
    2 TEM study of the radular teeth of the chiton Acanthopleura japonica
    3 Experimental cremation of bone
    crystallite size and lattice parameter evolution
    4 Effect of carbonic anhydrase immobilized on eggshell membranes on calcium carbonate crystallization in vitro
    5 Proteomic Analysis of Venomous Fang Matrix Proteins of Protobothrops flavoviridis (Habu) Snake
    6 Characterization of goldfish scales by vibrational spectroscopic analyses
    7 Relationship between Bone Morphology and Bone Quality in Female Femurs: Implication for Additive Risk of Alternative Forced Molting
    8 Spectroscopic investigation of shell pigments from the family Neritidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda)
    9 3D visualization of calcified and non-calcified molluscan tissues using computed tomography
    Part II Molecular and cellular regulation of biomineralization
    10 Calcium Ion and Mineral Pathways in Biomineralization: a Perspective
    11 Identification of barnacle shell proteins by transcriptome and proteomic approaches
    12 The optical characteristics of cultured Akoya pearl are influenced by both donor and recipient oysters
    13 Influence of B vitamins on proliferation and differentiation of osteoblastic bovine cell cultures; an in vitro study
    14 Rice plant biomineralization: Electron microscopic study on plant opals and exploration of organic matrices involved in biosilica formation
    15 DMP1 binds specifically to type I collagen and regulates mineral nucleation and growth
    16 Exploration of genes associated with sponge silicon biomineralization in the whole genome sequence of the hexactinellid Euplectella curvistellata
    Part III Genome-based analysis of biomineralization
    17 The origin and early evolution of SCPP genes and tissue mineralization in vertebrates
    Part IV Evolution in biomineralization
    18 Immunolocalization of enamel matrix protein-like proteins in the tooth enameloid of actinopterygian bony fish
    19 Geographical and seasonal variations of the shell microstructures in the bivalve Scapharca broughtonii
    Part V Biomineralization in medical and dental sciences
    20 Enhancement of bone tissue repair by octacalcium phosphate crystallizing into hydroxyapatite in situ
    21 The relationship between the structure and calcification of dentin and the role of melatonin
    22 Fabrication of hydroxyapatite nanofibers with high aspect ratio vialow-temperature wet precipitation methods under acidic conditions
    23 Physico-chemical characterisation of the processes involved in enamel remineralisation by CPP-ACP
    24 Molecular Interactions of Peptide Encapsulated Calcium Phosphate Delivery Vehicle at Enamel Surfaces
    25 Preparation of random and aligned polycaprolactone fiber as template for classical calcium oxalate through electrocrystallization
    Part VI Bio-inspired materials science and engineering
    26 Dysprosium biomineralization by acidophilic fungus Penidiella sp. strain T9 and its application for metal recovery
    27 Various shapes of gold nanoparticles synthesized by glycolipids extracted from Lactobacillus casei
    28 Octacalcium phosphate overgrowth on b-tricalcium phosphate substrate in metastable calcium phosphate solution
    Part VII Biominerals for environmental and paleoenvironmental sciences
    29 Coral-based approaches to paleoclimate studies, future ocean environment assessment, and disaster research
    30 An elemental fractionation mechanism common to biogenic calcium carbonate
    31 Biomineralization of metallic tellurium by bacteria isolated from deep marine sediment in Niigata Bay Japan
    32 Calcium oxalate crystals in plant communities of the southeast of the Pampean Plain, Argentina
    33 Iron and calcium biomineralizations in the Pampean coastal plains, Argentina: their role in the environmental reconstruction of the Holocene
    Part VIII Mollusk shell formation
    34 Skeletal organic matrices in molluscs: origin, evolution, diagenesis
    35 Functional Analysis on Shelk2 of Pacific Oyster
    36 Mollusk shells: Does the nacro-prismatic "model" exist?
    37 The Marsh's membrane: a key-role for a forgotten structure
    38 Pearl production by implantation of outer epithelial cells isolated from the mantle of Pinctada fucata and the effects of blending of epithelial cells with different genetic backgrounds on pearl quality
    39 Functional analyses of MMP genes in the ligament of Pinctada fucata
    40 Chitin degraded by chitinolytic enzymes induces crystal defects of calcites
    41 Screening for genes participating in the formation of prismatic and nacreous layers of the Japanese pearl oyster Pincatada fucata by RNA interference knockdown
    42 Gene expression patterns in the mantle and pearl sac tissues of the pearl oyster Pinctada fucata
    Part IX Appendix
    43 Selected SEM and TEM images.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Arun K. Shukla.
    Summary: Biomolecular Interactions: Part A, Volume 166, the latest release in the Methods in Cell Biology series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on a variety of timely topics in cell biology. Each chapter is written by an international board of authors.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Carole Aimé, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France, Thibaud Coradin, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France.
    Contents:
    What Are Bionanocomposites? / Agathe Urvoas, Marie Valerio-Lepiniec, Philippe Minard, Cordt Zollfrank
    Molecular Architecture of Living Matter. Nucleic Acids / Enora Prado, Mónika Ádok-Sipiczki, Corinne Nardin
    Lipids / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin
    Carbohydrates / Mirjam Czjzek
    Proteins / Stéphane Romero, François-Xavier Campbell-Valois
    Functional Biomolecular Engineering. Nucleic Acid Engineering / Enora Prado, Mónika Ádok-Sipiczki, Corinne Nardin
    Protein Engineering / Agathe Urvoas, Marie Valerio-Lepiniec, Philippe Minard
    The Composite Approach. Inorganic Nanoparticles / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin
    Hybrid Particles / Nikola Ž Knežević, Laurence Raehm, Jean-Olivier Durand
    Biocomposites from Nanoparticles / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin
    Applications. Optical Properties / Cordt Zollfrank, Daniel Opdenbosch
    Magnetic Bionanocomposites / Wei Li, Yuehan Wu, Xiaogang Luo, Shilin Liu
    Mechanical Properties of Natural Biopolymer Nanocomposites / Biqiong Chen
    Bionanocomposite Materials for Biocatalytic Applications / Sarah Christoph, Francisco M Fernandes
    Nanocomposite Biomaterials / Gisela Solange Alvarez, Martín Federico Desimone
    A Combination of Characterization Techniques / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Oskar C. Aszmann, Dario Farina, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest techniques in amputation rehabilitation and summarizes the most recent research findings in the field of bionic limb reconstruction. Divided into seven parts written by experts in the field, it provides valuable information on e.g. upper extremity injuries, psychological considerations, prosthetic engineering, and surgical and rehabilitation strategies. Illustrative figures and photos of real-life settings further assist understanding. This book is of interest not only for plastic surgeons, but also for hand surgeons, orthopedic and trauma surgeons as well as therapists, prosthetists and engineers.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. Severe injuries of the upper extremity
    Chapter 1. General Considerations on Upper Limb Amputation and its Levels
    Chapter 2. Psychosocial importance of the hand, consequences of severe hand trauma, amputation and complete brachial plexus injury
    Chapter 3. Inner amputations of the upper extremity
    Part II. Functional restoration in upper limb amputees
    Chapter 4. Body-powered prosthetic systems
    Chapter 5. Mechatronic Design of Functional Prosthetic Systems
    Chapter 6. Osseointegrated amputation prostheses and implanted electrodes
    Chapter 7. Outcome Measures
    Chapter 8. Biologic alternatives to prosthetic hand replacement
    Part III . Selective nerve transfers in upper limb amputees
    Chapter 9. Motor unit characteristics after selective nerve transfers
    Chapter 10. Targeted muscle reinnervation in upper limb amputees
    Part IV. Phantom pain in limb amputees
    Chapter 11. Epidemiology and mechanisms of phantom limb pain
    Chapter 12. Treatment strategies for phantom limb pain
    Part V. Man-machine interfaces in prosthetics
    Chapter 13. Control Strategies for Functional Upper Limb Prostheses
    Chapter 14. Implantable myoelectric sensors for prosthetic control
    Chapter 15. Prosthetic feedback systems
    Part VI. Prosthetic replacement in patients with inner amputations
    Chapter 16. Deafferentation pain following brachial plexus avulsion injuries
    Chapter 17. Treatment algorithm for bionic hand reconstruction in patients with global brachial plexopathies
    Chapter 18. Functional and psychosocial outcomes of bionic reconstruction and impact on quality of life, body image perception and deafferentation pain
    Chapter 19. Ethical considerations and psychological evaluation in elective amputation for Brachial Plexus Injuries
    Part VII. Rehabilitation in upper limb prosthetics
    Chapter 20. Principles of Occupational and Physical Therapy in Upper Limb Amputations
    Chapter 21. Novel technologies in upper extremity rehabilitation
    Chapter 22. Conclusions and Future Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    John T. Edsall, Jeffries Wyman.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH345 .E24
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Ingrida Januleviciene and Alon Harris.
    Summary: This book provides an overview on new insights in glaucoma, the latest technological developments, scientific achievements, and novel research leading to new paradigms in glaucoma diagnosis. Readers will discover a broad picture starting from theoretical perspectives in diagnostic criteria followed by practical examination and clinical interpretations while highlighting potential pitfalls and limitations in analysis. Non-invasive, modern technologies allowing visualization and quantification of various parts of the human eye are fast evolving and improving interpretation of modern diagnostic possibilities are essential to fill the gap between sophisticated equipment, complex clinical data, and the need for precision-medicine based interpretation. Issues such as the importance of intraocular, intracranial, and ocular perfusion pressures (IOP, ICP, OPP) in the pathogenesis of glaucoma; and imaging modalities for examination of the optic nerve head, retinal fiber layer, and visual field assessment in glaucoma are explored in these chapters. The problem-based learning approach presented herein offers a succinct go-to-guide to read and discover answers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, Amene Saghazadeh, editors.
    Summary: The book does not aim to constitute definite edges of the sixth sense, but it is to say here that the sixth sense is the result of a break in our present property. The present property is produced from integration of five common senses by the neuro-immuno-endocrine system. Thereby, mental representations of multisensory integration that primarily occur in the brain can reach throughout the body, including the heart and gut. Unconscious thought through synchronization between spatially distant brain networks would help break our present property. It would be a felicific calculus for society people to peek around the forgotten, but real life, corners through which the book "Biophysics and Neurophysiology of the Sixth Sense" seeks to explore.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: What Would Happen If Humans Live Beyond Time?; Introduction; That Which Is Not Seen; The Unconscious-Thought Theory; The Default-Mode Network; The Information-Integration Theory; The Hypothesis of Conscious
    Unconscious Prospection (CUP); An Integrated Approach to the Hypothesis of Conscious
    Unconscious Prospection (CUP); Belief in the Present Time: That Which Generates the Background Noise While Thinking to About the Future; Being Out of Time: A Solution to See That Which Is Not Seen at the Present Time Distinguishing Self-Stimuli from Non-self, Role of Corollary DischargeThe Vestibular System; Proprioception as the Sixth Sense; Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Extrasensory Perception: Concept and History; Introduction; Sense and Extra-Sense (the Sixth Sense); Proximate Origin of the Research in Extrasensory Perception; Types of Extrasensory Perception; Conclusions; References; Chapter 8: A Psychological Perspective on Extrasensory Perception; Introduction; Elementary Hallucinations; Deranged Hallucinations; Complete Hallucinations; Conclusions Interoceptive Hub and Visceromotor PredictionsModel for Interoceptive Inference Within Visceral Sensorimotor System; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Interoceptive Dysfunction; Interoception; Mood Disturbance; Anxiety Disorders; Depression; Autism; Addiction; Chronic Pain and Fibromyalgia; Delusional Body Border Disorders; Eating Disorders; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Proprioceptive System; Introduction; The Proprioceptive System; Muscle Spindles; Golgi Tendon Organs; Joint Receptors; Free Nerve Endings; Skin Mechanoreceptors Neural Coding and PerceptionComputer Vision and Future Directions; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Biophysics of Vision; Image Forming Function of Visual System; Cornea; Lens; Accommodation; Pupil; Retina; Non-image Forming Functions of Visual System; Perception of Magnetic Field; Visual System and Circadian Rhythm; Pineal Gland; Melatonin: The Main Product of Pineal Gland; Other Sources of Melatonin; Other Modulators of Melatonin Secretion; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Cortex, Insula, and Interoception; Introduction; Insula; Amygdala; Neocortex Resonance: That Which Occurs If Being Out of TimeHow Would Entropy Change Relative to Resonance If Being Out of Time?; Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: Neurophysiology of Visual Perception; Introduction; Neuroanatomical Properties of Visual System; The Eye; The Retina; The Optic Pathways; Brain Regions and Pathways Involved in Perception; The Microstructure of the Primary Visual Cortex; Object Recognition; Perception of Form; Perception of Space; Motion Perception; Eye Movements and Perception; Adaptation; Human Gaze Control; Face Perception; The Constructive Nature of Visual Perception
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Mark C. Leake, editors.
    Contents:
    The biophysics of infection / Mark C. Leake
    Single-molecule observation of DNA replication repair pathways in E. coli / Adam J.M. Wollman, Aisha H. Syeda, Peter McGlynn and Mark C. Leake
    Investigating the swimming of microbial pathogens using digital holography / K.L. Thornton, R.C. Findlay, P.B. Walrad and L.G. Wilson
    What is the 'minimum inhibitory concentration' (mic) of pexiganan acting on escherichia coli?--a cautionary case study / Alys K. Jepson, Jana Schwarz-Linek, Lloyd Ryan, Maxim G. Ryadnov and Wilson C.K. Poon
    Evolution of drug resistance in bacteria / B. Waclaw
    Using biophysics to monitor the essential protonmotive force in bacteria / Mei-Ting Chen and Chien-Jung Lo
    The Type I restriction enzymes as barriers to horizontal gene transfer: determination of the DNA target sequences recognised by livestock-associated methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus clonal complexes 133/ST771 and 398 / Kai Chen, Augoustinos S. Stephanou, Gareth A. Roberts, John H. White, Laurie P. Cooper, Patrick J. Houston, Jodi A. Lindsay and David T.F. Dryden
    Biomechanical analysis of infectious biofilms / David Head
    Designing a single-molecule biophysics tool for characterising DNA damage for techniques that kill infectious pathogens through DNA damage effects / Helen Miller, Adam J.M. Wollman and Mark C. Leake
    Bacterial surfaces: front lines in host-pathogen interaction / Jane E. King and Ian S. Roberts
    Biophysical approaches to bacterial gene regulation by riboswitches / Cibran Perez-Gonzalez, Jonathan P. Grondin, Daniel A. Lafontaine and J. Carlos Penedo
    Bugs on a slippery plane / Dmitri O. Pushkin and Martin A. Bees
    Transcription regulation and membrane stress management in enterobacterial pathogens / Nan Zhang, Goran Jovanovic, Christopher McDonald, Oscar Ces, Xiaodong Zhang and Martin Buck
    How biophysics may help us understand the flagellar motor of bacteria which cause infections / Matthew A.B. Baker
    Mechanics of bacterial cells and initial surface colonization / Sebastian Aguayo and Laurent Bozec
    Neutron reflectivity as a tool for physics-based studies of model bacterial membranes / Robert D. Barker, Laura E. McKinley and Simon Titmuss
    Mechanisms of Salmonella typhi host restriction / Stefania Spanò --Insights into biological complexity from simple foundations / L. Albergante, D. Liu, S. Palmer and T.J. Newman
    Force spectroscopy in studying infection / Zhaokun Zhou and Mark C. Leake
    Imaging immunity in lymph nodes: past, present and future / James Butler, Amy Sawtell, Simon Jarrett, Jason Cosgrove, Roger Leigh, Jon Timmis and Mark Coles
    Novel approaches to manipulating bacterial pathogen biofilms: whole-systems design philosophy and steering microbial evolution / Alexandra S. Penn
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Nikolai Vekshin.
    Summary: In this monograph, the author--Head researcher at the Institute of Cell Biophysics of Russian Academy of Sciences--discusses the results of his own long-term studies of mitochondria as well as alternative points of view and experiments of other important researchers in the field. The monograph contains the main aspects of mitochondrial research by a number of physical methods: fluorescence spectroscopy, UV-vis spectrophotometry, IR spectroscopy, light-scattering, optical microscopy, fluorescence microscopy, colorimetry, photobleaching, polarography, among others. The monograph is very useful for researchers and graduate students specializing in mitochondrial biophysics, biochemistry, molecular biology and cytology. The book was published in Russian in 2019 by Photon Publishers (Pushchino, Moscow region).

    Contents:
    The mitochondria in the cell
    Early studies
    Structural features
    Are there giant mitochondria and reticulum
    Evolutionary origins
    Reproduction of mitochondria in cell
    Mitochondrial DNA
    Membrane and matrix proteins
    Bioenergetics
    The respiratory chain
    NADH-dehydrogenase
    Succinate dehydrogenase
    Cytochrome oxidase
    Interactions in enzyme-substrate complexes
    Mechanisms of electron transfer
    Membrane synthesis of ATP
    Proton transport and the chemiosmotic hypothesis
    On the measurement of transmembrane potential
    The conformational hypothesis
    Thermal coupling model
    Photo-respiration and photo-induced synthesis of ATP
    Surface photodesorption
    Flavin and ubiquinone of NADH-dehydrogenases are not involved in the transfer of electrons to artificial acceptors
    The lag-period and the pseudo-oscillations in redox-reactions of NADH with DHPIP
    Electron-conformational properties of the flavoprotein fragment of NADH-dehydrogenase
    Resonant energy transfer from mitochondrial proteins to NADH
    Flavin loss from NADH-dehydrogenase complex
    Stabilization of NADH-dehydrogenase by adenosine phosphates
    Dehydrogenase mitochondrial activity in the touch, determined by the decrease in tryptophan fluorescence by formosan
    Rotenone-insensitive NADH oxidation by respiratory chain fragments
    Cytochrome-C shunts oxidation of NADH
    NADH-oxidasation mitochondrial activity in hypotension when you block the respiratory chain
    Do mitochondria swell much?
    Some properties of protomitochondria
    Protomitochondria in liver cells
    Germinal protomitochondria
    Fluorimetric comparison of protomitochondria and mitochondria
    Photometry and fluorimetry of protomitochondria from liver of young and adult rats.-Degradation of mitochondria to lipofuscin during heating and lighting
    Production of superoxide and lipofuscin after the loss of flavin by NADH-dehydrogenase
    Some properties of mitochondrial lipofuscin.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John Golbeck, Art van der Est, editors.
    Summary: "The volume is intended as an introduction to the physical principles governing the main processes that occur in photosynthesis, with emphasis on the light reactions and electron transport chain. A unique feature of the photosynthetic apparatus is the fact that the molecular structures are known in detail for essentially all of its major components. The availability of this data has allowed their functions to be probed at a very fundamental level to discover the design principles that have guided evolution. Other volumes on photosynthesis have tended to focus on single components or on a specific set of biophysical techniques, and the authors' goal is to provide new researchers with an introduction to the overall field of photosynthesis. The book is divided into sections, each dealing with one of the main physical processes in photosynthetic energy conversion. Each section has several chapters each describing the role that a basic physical property, such as charge or spin, plays in governing the process being discussed. The chapters proceed in an orderly fashion from a quantum mechanical description of early processes on an ultrafast timescale to a classical treatment of electron transfer and catalysis on a biochemical timescale culminating in evolutionary principles on a geological timescale."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Part I. Light Energy Capture and Energy Transfer
    1. Structure-Based Calculation of Pigment-Protein and Excitonic Pigment-Pigment Coupling in Photosynthetic Light-Harvesting Complexes / Frank Müh and Thomas Renger
    2. Electron-Phonon and Exciton-Phonon Coupling in Light Harvesting, Insights from Line-Narrowing Spectroscopies / Jörg Pieper and Arvi Freiberg
    3. Photosynthetic Energy Transfer and Charge Separation in Higher Plants / Tjaart P.J. Krüger, Vladimir I. Novoderezhkin, Elisabet Romero, and Rienk van Grondelle
    Part II. Underlying Principles of Electron Transport
    4. Tunneling in Electron Transport / Christopher C. Moser
    5. Spin in Photosynthetic Electron Transport / Isaac F. Céspedes-Camacho and Jörg Matysik
    6. Energy Changes in Photosynthetic Electron Transport: Probing Photosynthesis by Pulsed Photoacoustics / David Mauzerall and Steven P. Mielke
    Part III. Separation and Stabilization of Charge
    7. Mechanism of Primary Charge Separation in Photosynthetic Reaction Centers / Sergei Savikhin and Ryszard Jankowiak
    8. Effects of Quasi-Equilibrium States on the Kinetics of Electron Transfer and Radical Pair Stabilisation in Photosystem I / Stefano Santabarbara, Robert Jennings, and Giuseppe Zucchelli
    9. Energetics of Cofactors in Photosynthetic Complexes: Relationship Between Protein-Cofactor Interactions and Midpoint Potentials / James P. Allen and JoAnn C. Williams
    Part IV. Donor Side Intermediates and Water Splitting
    10. The Radical Intermediates of Photosystem II / K.V. Lakshmi, Christopher S. Coates, Stuart Smith, and Ruchira Chatterjee
    11. Structure-Function Relationships in the Mn₄CaO₅ Water-Splitting Cluster / Jian-Ren Shen
    12. Water and Oxygen Diffusion Pathways Within Photosystem II. Computational Studies of Controlled Substrate Access and Product Release / Serguei Vassiliev and Doug Bruce
    Part V. Evolution of the Photosynthetic Apparatus
    13. From Ionizing Radiation to Photosynthesis / Alexander N. Melkozernov
    14. Origin of Oxygenic Photosynthesis from Anoxygenic Type I and Type II Reaction Centers / John F. Allen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Maika G. Mitchell.
    Summary: Innovation is added value to a known process. Bioprinting: Techniques and Risks for Regenerative Medicine aims to stimulate a scientifically grounded, interdisciplinary, multiscale debate and exchange of ideas using the techniques described in the book. 3D printing and additive manufacturing evolved from within the field of Cell Biology will have the ability to recreate cells queried from large amounts of phenotypic and molecular data. Stem Cell biologists, biotechnologists and material engineers, as well as graduate students will greatly benefit from the practical knowledge and case examples provided throughout this book.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Neha Srivastava, Manish Srivastava, P.K. Mishra, Vijai Kumar Gupta, editors.
    Springer Nature eBooks.
    Summary: Converting biomass to biofuels involves hydrolyzing cellulose to sugars using cost-intensive commercial enzymes an expensive step that makes large-scale production economically non-viable. As such, there is a need for low-cost bioprocessing. This book critically evaluates the available bioprocessing technologies for various biofuels, and presents the latest research in the field. It also highlights the recent developments, current challenges and viable alternative approaches to reduce the overall cost of producing biofuels.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Impact of fermentation types on enzymes used for biofuels production
    Chapter 2. Downstream Processing; Applications and Recent Updates
    Chapter 3. Role of bioreactors in bio-fuel generations
    Chapter 4. Bioprocess for Algal Biofuels Production
    Chapter 5. Effect of Bioprocess Parameters on Biofuel Production
    Chapter 6. Role of substrate to improve biomass to bio fuel production technologies
    Chapter 7. Techno-economic analysis of second-generation bio-fuel technologies
    Chapter 8. Recent advances in metabolic engineering and synthetic biology for microbial production of isoprenoid-based biofuels: an overview
    Chapter 9. Applications of biosensors for metabolic engineering of microorganisms and its impact on biofuel production
    Chapter 10. Recent progress in CRISPR-based technologies applications for biofuels production.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited] by Che J. Connon.
    Contents:
    Bioprocessing for cell based therapies
    Structured methodology for process development in scalable stirred tank bioreactors platforms
    The effect of scale-up on cell phenotype : compatibility testing to optimize bioreactor usage and manufacturing strategies
    The scale-up of human mesenchymal stem cell expansion and recovery
    Challenges of scale-up of cell separation and purification techniques
    Fundamental points to consider in the cryopreservation and shipment of cells for human application
    Short-term storage of cells for application in cell-based therapies
    Cell therapy in practice.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Amine Kamen and Laura Cervera.
    Summary: This book focuses on cell culture-produced viral vaccines to meet the needs of the rapidly expanding research and development in academia and industry in the field. This book introduces the basic principles of vaccination and the manufacturing of viral vaccines. Bioprocessing of Viral Vaccines, will provide an overview of the advanced strategies needed to respond to the challenges of new and established viral infection diseases. The first few chapters cover the basics of virology and immunology as essential concepts to understand the function and design of viral vaccines. The core of the content is dedicated to process development, including upstream processing and cell culture of viral vaccines, downstream processing, and extensive analytical technologies specific to viral vaccines. Advanced process analytical technologies (PAT) and Quality by Design (QbD) concepts are also introduced in the context of vaccine manufacturing. The case studies included cover inactivated, attenuated vaccines exemplified by influenza vaccines, sub-unit vaccines exemplified by Virus Like Particles (VLPs: HPV vaccines) and sub-unit vaccines (Flublock), vectored vaccines: adenoviruses and Vesicular stomatitis Virus (VSV) vectored vaccines, genomic vaccines (DNA and mRNA) vaccines as developed for COVID-19 response in particular and a review of COVID-19 vaccines approved or in advanced clinical trials. This book is aimed at graduate engineers and professionals in the fields of vaccinology, bioprocessing, and biomanufacturing of viral vaccines.

    Contents:
    Bioprocessing of viral vaccines, introduction / Amine Kamen, Laura Cervera
    Introduction to virology / Shantoshini Dash
    Introduction to basic immunology and vaccine design / Alaka Mullick, Shantoshini Dash
    Cell lines for vaccine production / Isabelle Knott [and others]
    Upstream processing for viral vaccines-General aspects / Lars Pelz [and others]
    Upstream processing for viral vaccines, process intensification / Sven Göbel [and others]
    Downstream processing of viral-based vaccines / Rita P. Fernandes [and others]
    Analytics and virus production processes / Emma Petiot
    Manufacturing of seasonal and pandemic influenza vaccines, a case study / Cristina A. T. Silva [and others]
    Recombinant vaccines: gag-based VLPs / Laura Cervera [and others]
    Vectored vaccines / Zeyu Yang [and others]
    Design and production of vaccines against COVID-19 using established vaccine platforms / Ryan Kligman [and others].
    Digital Access TandFonline [2022]
  • Digital
    Hrudayanath Thatoi, Sonali Mohapatra, Swagat Kumar Das, editors.
    Summary: The rapid urbanization and industrialization of developing countries across the globe have necessitated for substantial resource utilization and development in the areas of Healthcare, Environment, and Renewable energy. In this context ,this resourceful book serves as a definitive source of information for the recent developments in application of microbial enzymes in various sectors. It covers applications in fermentation processes and their products, extraction and utilisation of enzymes from various sources and their application in health and biomass conversion for production of value added products. Different chapters discuss various areas of bioprospecting in enzyme technology, and describe why these are the mainstays for industrial production of value added products. The rich compilation of the cutting-edge advances and applications of the modern industrial based techniques hold feasible solutions for a range of current issues in enzyme technology. This book will be of particular interest for scientists, academicians, technical resource persons, engineers and members of industry. Undergraduate and graduate students pursuing courses in the area of industrial biotechnology will find the information in the book valuable. General readers having interest towards biofuels, enzyme technology, fermented food and value added products, phytochemicals and phytopharmaceutical products will also find the book appealing. Readers will discover modern concepts of enzymatic bioprocess technology for production of therapeutics and industrial value added products.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Application of enzymes in bioremediation of contaminated hydrosphere and soil environment
    Chapter 2: Bioremediation Of Highly Toxic Hexavalent Chromium By Bacterial Chromate Reductases Family: An Structural And Functional Overview
    Chapter 3: An Overview Of Raw Starch Digesting Enzymes And Their Applications In Biofuel Development
    Chapter 4: Bamboo Valorization By Fermentation And Enzyme Treatment
    Chapter 5: Recent Developments In Pretreatment And Enzymatic Hydrolysis For Cellulosic Bioethanol Production
    Chapter 6: Production Of Biofuel From Disposed Food And Dairy Waste
    Chapter 7: Role of enzymes in synthesis of nanoparticles
    Chapter 8: Protein-Nanoparticle Interaction And Its Potential Biological Implications
    Chapter 9: Enzyme-Nanoparticle Corona: A Novel Approach, Their Plausible Applications And Challenges
    Chapter 10: Enzymes In Fuel Biotechnology
    Chapter 11: Role Of Enzymes In Deconstruction Of Waste Biomass For Sustainable Generation Of Value-Added Products
    Chapter 12: Thermostable Enzymes From Clostridium thermocellum
    Chapter 13: Hot And Cold Bacteria Of Sikkim: Biodiversity And Enzymology
    Chapter 14: Enzymes In Health Care: Cost Effective Production And Applications Of Therapeutic Enzymes In Health Care Sector
    Chapter 15: Significance Of Enzymes In Modern Healthcare: From Diagnosis To Therapy
    Chapter 16: L-Asparaginase And Methioninase As Prospective Anticancer Enzymes: Currentapplications And Production Approaches
    Chapter 17: Production Of Thrombolytic And Fibrinolytic Proteases: Current Advances And Future Prospective
    Chapter 18: Enzymes In Textile Industries
    Chapter 19: Role of Enzymes in Textile Processing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Juan M Bilbao, Robert E Schmidt.
    Summary: Peripheral nerve analysis is a challenging task for pathologists, given the advent of new diagnoses and techniques of analysis and the impact of molecular genetics. This book presents a simple, logical method for constructing a differential diagnosis based on pathology and clinical presentation. It also provides advice on the selection of ancillary molecular, immunohistochemical and genetic techniques to establish a definitive diagnosis. Clear, authoritative guidance is offered on diagnosis of the full range of neuropathies with the aid of a wealth of high-quality color photomicrographs and electron micrographs. The pathologist will benefit greatly from the identification of a variety of artifacts and normal structures occasionally encountered in nerve biopsies that need to be distinguished from specific pathologic alterations. This user-friendly, practical text will be an invaluable aid in achieving the most specific diagnosis possible.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Clinical Correlation
    Normal Peripheral Nerve Structure
    Basic Pathological Mechanisms
    Vasculitic Neuropathy
    Diabetic neuropathies
    Skin Biopsies
    Metabolic Neuropathies
    Inflammatory and Immune-Mediated Neuropathies
    Neuropathies Associated with Infectious Diseases
    Amyloid neuropathy
    Genetic Neuropathies
    Dysproteinemias
    Toxin-induced neuropathies
    Miscellaneous neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Cyril Fisher, Elizabeth A. Montgomery, Khin Thway.
    Contents:
    Biopsy techniques, diagnostic methods, and reporting
    Benign and intermediate fibrosing lesions
    Cellular benign and intermediate lesions of fibroblasts and myofibroblasts
    Cutaneous spindle cell lesions
    Intra-abdominal spindle cell lesions
    Smooth muscle tumors
    Myofibroma, myopericytic tumors, myoepithelioma, and myofibroblastoma
    Tumors of specialized lower genital tract mesenchyme
    Benign nerve sheath tumors
    Spindle cell sarcomas
    Epithelioid tumors of soft tissue
    Soft tissue lesions with clear or granular cells
    Pleomorphic soft tissue tumors
    Small round cell tumors
    Benign adipose tissue lesions
    Liposarcoma
    Superficial vascular lesions and mimics of vascular lesions
    Deep vascular lesions
    Osteochondroid lesions of soft tissue
    Superficial myxoid lesions
    Deep myxoid lesions
    Plexiform soft tissue tumors
    Soft tissue tumors with giant cells.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Jonathan I. Epstein, Victor E. Reuter, Mahul B. Amin
    Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, Biopsy Interpretation of the Bladder, 4th Edition, provides practical, highly illustrated information on the diagnosis and prognosis of the full range of biopsies of the urothelial tract. Practical, well-organized, and highly readable, this fully revised volume by Drs. Jonathan I. Epstein, Victor E. Reuter, and Mahul B. Amin addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in the day-to-day interpretation of bladder biopsies, teaching the best diagnostic practices as well as how to avoid the most common pitfalls. Helps you accurately identify all lesions, tumors, and tumor-like lesions for the bladder-from normal anatomy and histology to a wide range of both common and unusual findings Frames each diagnosis in its most common clinical context, explaining how the pathology can be used to make key clinical management decisions Presents key differential features of tumors, organized according to diagnostic category Features high-quality photomicrographs and illustrations throughout, including updated images both in print and online-nearly 500 images in all Provides access to interactive questions and answers online for self-assessment and review Incorporates the latest World Health Organization and Genitourinary Pathology Society (GUPS) classifications Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Normal Bladder Anatomy and Variants of Normal Histology
    Flat Urothelial Lesions
    Papillary Urothelial Neoplasms and Their Precursors
    Urothelial Neoplasms with Inverted Growth Patterns
    Invasive Urothelial Carcinoma
    Histologic Variants of Urothelial Carcinoma
    Morphologic, Prognostic, and Predictive Factors and Reporting of Bladder Cancer
    Glandular Lesions
    Squamous Lesions
    Cystitis
    Mesenchymal Tumors and Tumor-Like Lesions
    Miscellaneous Nontumors and Tumors
    Secondary Tumors of the Bladder
    Biopsy of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter
    Urinary Tract Cytopathology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Jonathan I. Epstein, MD, Professor of Pathology, Urology and Oncology, The Reinhard Professor of Urological Pathology, Director of Surgical Pathology, The Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions, Baltimore, Maryland, Victor E. Reuter, MD, Attending Pathologist and Member, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, New York, New York, Mahul B. Amin, MD, Profesor and Chairman Emeritus, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, UCLA David Geffen School of Medicine, Visiting Professor, Urology, USC Keck School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California, Visiting Professor, Pathology & Immunology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas.
    Contents:
    Normal bladder anatomy and variants of normal histology
    Flat urothelial lesions
    Papillary urothelial neoplasms and their precursors
    Urothelial neoplasms with inverted growth patterns
    Invasive urothelial carcinoma
    Histologic variants of urothelial carcinoma
    Conventional morphologic, prognostic, and predictive factors and reporting of bladder cancer
    Glandular lesions
    Squamous lesions
    Cystitis
    Mesenchymal tumors and tumor-like lesions
    Miscellaneous non-tumors & tumors
    Secondary tumors of the bladder
    Urinary tract cytopathology.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Laura M. Wake, Genevieve Crane, Michael J. Borowitz.
    Summary: Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, this new volume by Drs. Laura M. Wake, Genevieve Crane, and Michael Borowitz presents a concise, pattern-based approach to bone marrow pathology. Biopsy Interpretation of the Bone Marrow provides superbly illustrated guidance from top experts in the field, covering all aspects of bone marrow aspirates and biopsies: procurement and processing, ancillary techniques, formulation of a final diagnosis, and reporting to the clinical team. Hundreds of full-color illustrations depict the full range of benign and neoplastic processes involving the bone marrow. -- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Stuart J. Schnitt, Laura C. Collins.
    Contents:
    Normal anatomy and histology
    Reactive, inflammatory, and nonproliferative lesions
    Intraductal proliferative lesions : usual ductal hyperplasia, atypical ductalhyperplasia, and ductal carcinoma in situ
    Columnar cell lesions and flat epithelial atypia
    Lobular carcinoma in situ and atypical lobular hyperplasia
    Fibroepithelial lesions
    Adenosis and sclerosing lesions
    Papillary lesions
    Microinvasive carcinoma
    Invasive breast cancer
    Spindle cell lesions
    Vascular lesions
    Other mesenchymal lesions
    Miscellaneous rare lesions
    Nipple disorders
    Male breast lesions
    Breast lesions in children and adolescents
    Axillary lymph nodes
    Treatment effects
    Specimen processing, evaluation, and reporting.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Matthew J. Schniederjan.
    Contents:
    Benign cysts and selected developmental anomalies
    Inflammatory and infectious lesions
    Diffuse gliomas
    Other astrocytomas
    Ependymal tumors
    Other gliomas
    Neuronal and mixed glioneuronal tumors
    Sellar and suprasellar lesions
    Meningeal lesions
    Embryonal tumors
    Choroid plexus tumors
    Pineal region tumors
    Cranial and spinal nerve tumors
    Vascular malformations
    Germ cell tumors
    Hematolymphoid neoplasms
    Select tumors of indeterminate or mesenchymal differentiation
    Metastases
    Intraoperative consultation
    General approach and differential diagnosis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Edward B. Stelow, Stacey E. Mills.
    Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, this fully revised volume provides practical, highly illustrated information on the diagnosis and prognosis of the full range of biopsies of the various tissues of the head and neck region, including the ear. Biopsy Interpretation of the Head and Neck, 3rd Edition, addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in day-to-day practice, with an emphasis on the complex area of the upper aerodigestive tract and ear. Discusses both neoplastic and non-neoplastic entities to help you arrive at an accurate diagnosis and guide patient management. Provides new information about emerging diagnostic entities and ancillary testing. Covers squamous cell carcinomas, HPV-related tumors, bony lesions, odontogenic lesions, and more"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Normal Anatomy and Histology
    Benign Squamous Proliferations and Neoplasms
    Precursor Lesions of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Conventional Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Histologic and Etiologic Variants of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Salivary Gland-Type Neoplasms
    Adenocarcinomas, Other Than Those That Can Be Classified as Salivary Gland-Type
    Neural, Neuroectodermal, and Neuroendocrine Neoplasms
    Hematopoietic and Lymphoid Disorders
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Soft Tissue Tumors
    Bone, Cartilaginous, and Jaw Lesions That May Be Sampled With Upper Aerodigestive Tract Biopsies
    Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Nasal Cavity, Paranasal Sinuses, and Nasopharynx
    Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Oral Cavity
    Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Larynx
    Pathology of the Ear.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Michael S. Torbenson, Professor of Pathology, Senior Associate Consultant, Division of Anatomic Pathology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    General approach to biopsy assessment
    General approach to biopsy reports
    The almost normal liver biopsy
    Liver injury patterns
    Acute and chronic viral hepatitis
    Other infections of the liver
    Granulomatous disease
    Drug effects
    Fatty liver disease
    Autoimmune hepatitis
    Biliary tract disease and cholestatic liver disease
    Pediatric cholestatic liver disease
    Vascular disease
    Transplant pathology
    Iron overload disease
    Wilson disease and other genetic diseases
    Liver disease in systemic conditions
    Pediatric benign and malignant tumors
    Adult benign and malignant mesenchymal tumors
    Benign and malignant hepatocellular tumors
    Benign and malignant biliary tumors
    Other tumors of the liver.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Michael S. Torbenson.
    Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, Biopsy Interpretation of the Liver, 4th Edition, provides practical, highly illustrated information on the diagnosis and prognosis of the full range of biopsies of the liver. Practical, well-organized, and highly readable, this fully revised volume by Dr. Michael S. Torbenson addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in the day-to-day interpretation of liver biopsies, teaching the best diagnostic practices as well as how to avoid the most common pitfalls. Frames each diagnosis in its most common clinical context, explaining how the pathology can be used to make key clinical management decisions. Presents key differential features of tumors, organized according to diagnostic category"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General Approach to Biopsy Specimens
    Liver Injury Patterns
    Immunohistochemistry and Special Stains in Liver Pathology
    The Almost Normal Liver Biopsy
    Acute and Chronic Viral Hepatitis
    Other Infections of the Liver
    Granulomatous Disease
    Drug-Induced Liver Injury
    Fatty Liver Disease
    Autoimmune Hepatitis
    Biliary Tract Disease and Cholestatic Liver Disease
    Pediatric Cholestatic Liver Disease
    Vascular Disease
    Transplant Pathology
    Iron Overload in the Liver
    Genetic Diseases of the Liver
    Liver Disease in Systemic Conditions
    Cryptogenic Cirrhosis
    Benign and Malignant Pediatric Tumors
    Adult Benign and Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Hepatocellular Pseudotumors and Tumors
    Benign and Malignant Biliary Tumors
    Lymphoma and Metastatic Disease.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    David Ilan Suster, Saul Suster.
    Summary: "Biopsy Interpretation of the Lung aids pathologists in accurately evaluating disease processes. It includes detailed chapters on interstitial lung disease, lung cancer, and neuroendocrine tumors. Organized by traditional disease groups, Biopsy Interpretation of the Lung provides a solid approach to formulating surgical and medical decisions."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Methods for Obtaining Lung Biopsies
    Inflammatory Lung Conditions
    Pulmonary Noninfectious Granulomas
    Lung Vasculitis and Hemorrhagic Disorders
    Bacterial Lung Infections
    Fungal Lung Infections
    Parasitic Lung Infections
    Viral Lung Infections
    Interstitial Lung Disease
    Lung Transplant Pathology
    Lymphoid Lesions of the Lung
    Epithelial Lung Neoplasms
    Neuroendocrine Lung Neoplasms
    Unusual Lung Tumors and Tumor-Like Conditions
    Metastatic Tumors to the Lung.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Rebecca L. King, Anamarija M. Perry, Lauren B. Smith.
    Summary: "A new volume in the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, Biopsy Interpretation of the Lymph Node provides concise, abundantly illustrated information on the pathologic approach to diagnosis for these frequently encountered biopsies. Practical and well organized, this highly readable volume edited by Drs. Rebecca L. King, Anamarija M. Perry, and Lauren B. Smith, addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in the day-to-day interpretation of non-neoplastic and neoplastic lymph node biopsies, teaching the best diagnostic practices as well as how to avoid the most common pitfalls. Focusing on the daily tasks and needs of the general pathologist, it provides a solid foundation for clinical diagnostic decision making. Frames each diagnosis in its most common clinical context, explaining how the pathology can be used to make key clinical management decisions Features high-quality photomicrographs and illustrations throughout-more than 400 images in all Covers the pattern-based approach to lymph node evaluation, giving special emphasis to differential diagnosis and limitations of small biopsies Addresses diagnostic methods and ancillary studies used in lymph node pathology such as immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry, FISH, and molecular studies Provides eBook access to questions and answers for self-assessment and exam review Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s),such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook,powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Lymph Node Evaluation
    Diagnostic Methods and Ancillary Studies
    Benign Diseases Involving Lymph Node
    Precursor Lymphoid Neoplasms, Myeloid Sarcoma, and Blastic Plasmacytoid Dendritic Cell Neoplasm
    Mature B-cell Neoplasms
    Mature T-cell Neoplasms
    Classic Hodgkin Lymphoma and Nodular Lymphocyte Predominant B-cell Lymphoma
    Lymphoproliferative Disorders Associated With Immunodeficiency
    Histiocytic and Dendritic Cell Neoplasms.
  • Digital
    Scott Boerner, MD, FRCPC, Director, Cytopathology, University Health Network, Associate Professor, Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathobiology, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada, Sylvia L. Asa, MD, PhD, Senior Scientist, Department of Pathology, University Health Network, Professor, Department of laboratory Medicine and Pathobiology, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
    Contents:
    The normal thyroid
    The classification of thyroid pathology
    The cytologic approach to diagnosis of thyroid pathology : technical aspects
    The histologic biopsy of thyroid : technical aspects
    Ancillary tools in thyroid diagnosis
    Cystic lesions
    Inflammatory and lymphoid lesions
    Papillary lesions
    Follicular lesions
    Solid and trabecular lesions
    Squamoid, spindle, and giant-cell lesions
    Small cell lesions.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Sonil Nanda, Dai-Viet N. Vo, Prakash Kumar Sarangi, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes recent advances in the processing of waste biomass resources to produce biofuels and biochemicals. Worldwide interest in clean energy sources, environmental protection, and mitigating global warming is rapidly gaining momentum and spurring on the search for alternative energy sources, especially for the transportation and industrial sectors. This book reviews the opportunities presented by low-cost organic waste materials, discussing their suitability for alternative fuel and fine chemical production, physicochemical characterization, conversion technologies, feedstock and fuel chemistry, refining technologies, fuel upgrading, residue management, and the circular economy. In addition, it explores applied aspects of biomass conversion by highlighting several significant thermochemical, hydrothermal and biological technologies. In summary, the book offers comprehensive and representative descriptions of key fuel processing technologies, energy conversion and management, waste valorization, eco-friendly waste remediation, biomass supply chain, lifecycle assessment, techno-economic analysis and the circular bioeconomy.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: Growth of Biofuels Sector: Opportunities, Challenges, and Outlook
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Biofuel Scenario in Canada and the World
    1.3 Policies and Their Impacts on the Success of Advanced Biofuels: Scenario in Canada and the World
    1.4 Outlook for a Sustainable Future
    1.5 Conclusions
    References
    2: Bioconversion of Agro-industrial Residues to Second-Generation Bioethanol
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Composition of Lignocellulosic Biomass 2.3 Commonly Available Agricultural Crop Residues in the World
    2.3.1 Barley and Coffee Residues
    2.3.2 Sugarcane, Maize, Rice, and Wheat Residues
    2.3.3 Cotton
    2.3.4 Oil Palm Residues
    2.3.5 Potato Residues
    2.3.6 Soybean Residues
    2.4 Enzymatic Saccharification of Lignocellulosic Residues
    2.4.1 Cellulases
    2.4.2 Auxiliary Activity 9 Enzyme and Swollenin Protein
    2.4.3 Hemicellulases
    2.4.4 Pectin-Degrading Enzyme System
    2.4.5 Delignifying Enzymes
    2.5 Bioconversion of Biomass to Second-Generation Bioethanol 2.6 Pretreatment of Lignocellulosic Biomass
    2.7 Obtaining an Enzymatic Consortium
    2.8 Fermentation for the Production of Second-Generation Bioethanol
    2.9 Conclusions
    References
    3: Catalytic Transformation of Ethanol to Industrially Relevant Fine Chemicals
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Conversion of Ethanol to Small Oxygenates
    3.2.1 Acetaldehyde
    3.2.2 Acetic Acid and Ethyl Acetate
    3.2.3 Acetone
    3.3 Conversion of Ethanol to Hydrocarbons
    3.3.1 Ethylene
    3.3.2 Propylene
    3.3.3 Butanol
    3.3.4 1,3-Butadiene
    3.4 Conclusions
    References 4: Selective Bioethanol Conversion to Chemicals and Fuels via Advanced Catalytic Approaches
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Dehydration of Ethanol
    4.2.1 Diethyl Ether Production
    4.2.2 Ethylene Production
    4.2.3 Propylene Production
    4.3 Oxidation of Ethanol
    4.3.1 Ethylene Oxide Production
    4.3.2 Acetic Acid Production
    4.4 Steam Reforming of Ethanol and Dehydrogenation
    4.4.1 Steam Reforming of Ethanol to Hydrogen
    4.4.2 Dehydrogenation of Ethanol
    4.4.2.1 Acetaldehyde
    4.4.2.2 Ethyl Acetate
    4.5 Guerbet Reaction of Ethanol
    4.6 Conclusions
    References 5: A Spotlight on Butanol and Propanol as Next-Generation Synthetic Fuels
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Divergent Fuel Properties of Ethanol, Propanol, and Butanol
    5.3 Petrochemical Routes for Butanol Production
    5.4 Biological Route for Butanol Production
    5.5 Petrochemical Routes for Propanol Production
    5.6 Biological Routes for Propanol Production
    5.7 Challenges and Future Perspectives
    5.8 Conclusions
    References
    6: Technological Advancements in the Production and Application of Biomethanol
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Industrial Applications of Methanol
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Rouf Ahmad Bhat, Humaira Qadri, editors.
    Summary: Toxic substances threatens aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and ultimately human health. The book is a thoughtful effort in bringing forth the role of biotechnology for bioremediation and restoration of the ecosystems degraded by toxic and heavy metal pollution. The introductory chapters of the book deal with the understanding of the issues concerned with the pollution caused by toxic elements and heavy metals and their impacts on the different ecosystems followed by the techniques involved in monitoring of the pollution. These techniques include use of bio-indicators as well as modern techniques for the assessment and monitoring of toxicants in the environment. Detailed chapters discussing the role of microbial biota, aquatic plants, terrestrial plants to enhance the accumulation efficiency of these toxic and heavy metals are followed by remediation techniques involving myco-remediation, bio-pesticides, bio-fertilizers, phyto-remediation and rhizo-filtration. A sizable portion of the book has been dedicated to the advanced bio-remediation techniques which are finding their way from the laboratory to the field for revival of the degraded ecosystems. These involve bio-films, micro-algae, genetically modified plants and filter feeders. Furthermore, the book is a detailed comprehensive account for the treatment technologies from unsustainable to sustainable. We believe academicians, researchers and students will find this book informative as a complete reference for biotechnological intervention for sustainable treatment of pollution.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    1. Concerns and Threats of Contamination on Aquatic Ecosystems
    2. Effect of Pesticides on Fish Fauna: Threats, Challenges and Possible Remedies
    3. Impact of Invasive Plants in Aquatic Ecosystems
    4. Role of Modern Innovative Techniques for Assessing and Monitoring Environmental Pollution
    5. Global Scenario of Remediation Techniques to Combat Environmental Pollution
    6. Biopesticides: clean and viable technology for healthy environment
    7. Inoculum addition in the presence of plant rhizosphere for petroleum polluted soil remediation
    8. Vermicomposting: An Eco-friendly Approach for Recycling /Management of Organic Wastes
    9. Bio-Fertilizers: Ecofriendly Approach for Plant and Soil Environment
    10. Phytoremediation of heavy metals: an ecofriendly and sustainable approach
    11. Credibility of in situ Phytoremediation for Restoration of Disturbed Environments
    12. Role of White Willow (Salix alba L.) for Cleaning up the Toxic Metal Pollution
    13. Mycoremediation: a Sustainable Tool for Abating Environmental Pollution
    14. Microbial Biofilm Cell Systems for Remediation of Wastewaters
    15. Pollution remediation by way of using genetically modified plants (GMP)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rouf Ahmad Bhat, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Moonisa Aslam Dervash, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the grave concerns stemming out due to conventional treatment techniques. The main focus of this book revolves round the central kernel of novel technology (bioremediation and biotechnology) which has emerged as an independent warrior to clean up and restore the disturbed environs. Furthermore, this book is a coherent assortment of diverse chapters relevant to the role of biotechnology and bioremediation for restoration of the ecosystems degraded by pesticide and heavy metal pollution. The inaugural chapters deal with the quantification of problem and its magnitude due to pesticides and heavy metals, followed by innovative modern biotechnological and bioremediation treatment technologies and sustainable techniques to remediate the persistent pollutants. It is a detailed comprehensive account for the treatment technologies from unsustainable to sustainable. Academicians, researchers and students shall find it as a complete wrap up regarding biotechnological intervention for sustainable treatment of pollution and shall suffice for the diverse needs of teaching and research.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Causes and Effects of Pesticide and Metal Pollution on Different Ecosystems
    2. Ecotoxicology of Heavy Metals: Sources, Effects and Toxicity
    3. Role of Modern Innovative Techniques for Assessing and Monitoring Heavy Metal and Pesticide Pollution in Different Environments
    4. Global Scenario of Remediation Techniques to Combat Pesticide Pollution
    5. Mycoremediation: A Sustainable Approach for Pesticide Pollution Abatement
    6. Bio-pesticides: Application and Possible Mechanism of Action
    7. Values of Biofertilizers for Sustainable Management in Agricultural Industries
    8.Role of Macrophytes in Spontaneous Lacustrine Phytofiltration
    9. Phytoremediation of Heavy Metals Using Salix (Willows)
    10. Photo catalysis: An Effective Tool for Treatment of Dyes Contaminated Wastewater
    11. Removal of dyes from waste water by Micellar Enhanced Ultrafiltration
    12. Biofilm: an innovative modern technology for aquatic pollution remediation
    13. Heavy Metal Soil Contamination and Bioremediation
    14. Environmental Biotechnology: For Sustainable Future
    15. Global Environmental Regulations for Management of Pesticides
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors: Rouf Ahmad Bhat, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Najla Bint Saud Al-Saud.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mohd. Shahnawaz, Manisha K. Sangale, Avinash B. Ade.
    Summary: Plastic is one of the widely used polymers around the globe since its discovery. It is highly impossible to think the ease of life without the aid of plastic. Every year billion tons of plastic waste gets accumulated in the environment and leads to death of both marine and terrestrial animals. Plastic is very durable and needs around 1000 years to degrade under the natural environment. The present book illustrates the importance and significance of the bioremediation to tackle the problem of plastic waste. Previously, we have reported elite rhizobacterial isolates (Lysinibacillus fusiformis strain VASB14/WL and Bacillus cereus strain VASB1/TS) of Avicennia marina Vierh (Forsk.) from the West Coast of India with the potential to degrade plastic (polythene). The present book attempted to address the bioremediation scenario of plastic waste (including micro plastic) using microbes with bacteria in particular. Various strategies used to tackle with the plastic waste were highlighted with case studies of plastic waste management, including in vitro, in situ and ex situ with a special reference to biodegradation technology. After the biodegradation of the plastic using microbes, the generated plastic (polythene) degradation products (PE-DPs) were also documented using GC-MS technique followed by their deleterious effect on both animal and plant systems. The book also enhances the awareness of the plastic-free society and also suggests some alternative materials to be used instead of plastic. Lastly, the book suggests/recommends the strategies to be followed by the lawmakers in the government organizations/non-government organizations/social organizations to frame the regulations and guidelines to implement at mass level to reduce the generation of plastic waste.

    Contents:
    Module 1_Introduction
    Module 2_Microplastic
    Module 3_Plastic waste disposal and re-use of plastic waste
    Module 4_Case studies and recent update of plastic waste degradation
    module 5_Bacteria as key players of Plastic Bioremediation
    Module 6_In situ remediation technology for plastic degradation
    Module 7_Ex-situ remediation technology for plastic degradation
    Module 8­_Social awareness of plastic waste threat
    Module 9_Analysis of the plastic degradation products
    Module 10_Toxicity testing of plastic degrading products
    Module 11_Policy and legislation/regulations of plastic waste around the globe
    Module 12_Conclusions and future needs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Zeynep Altintas.
    Contents:
    General introduction to biosensors and recognition receptors
    Biomarkers in health care
    The use of nanomaterials and microfluidics in medical diagnostics
    SPR-based biosensor technologies in disease detection and diagnostics
    Piezoelectric-based biosensor technologies in disease detection and diagnostics
    Electrochemical-based biosensor technologies in disease detection and diagnostics
    MEMS-based cell counting methods
    Lab-on-a-chip platforms for disease detection and diagnosis
    Applications of quantum dots in biosensors and diagnostics
    Applications of molecularly imprinted nanostructures in biosensors and diagnostics
    Smart nanomaterial's : applications in biosensors and diagnostics
    Applications of magnetic nanomaterial's in biosensors and diagnostics
    Graphene applications in biosensors and diagnostics
    Optical biosensors and applications to drug discovery for cancer cases
    Biosensors for detection of anticancer drug-DNA interactions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Ramesh Namdeo Pudake, Utkarsh Jain, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book reviews the application of nanosensors in food and agriculture. Nanotechnology has the potential to become transformative technology that will impact almost all sectors. Tools like nanosensors, which detect specific molecular interactions, can be used for on-site, in-situ and online measurements of various parameters in clinical diagnostics, environmental and food monitoring, and quality control. Due to their unprecedented performance and sensitivity, nanobiosensors are gaining importance in precision farming. The book examines the use of nanobiosensors in the monitoring of food additives, toxins and mycotoxins, microbial contamination, food allergens, nutritional constituents, pesticides, environmental parameters, plant diseases and genetically modified organisms. It also discusses the role of biosensors in increasing crop productivity in sustainable agriculture, and nanosensor-based smart delivery systems to optimize the use of natural resources such as water, nutrients and agrochemicals in precision farming.

    Contents:
    Recent trends, prospects, and challenges of nanobiosensors in agriculture
    Nanostructured platforms integrated to biosensors: Recent applications in agriculture. Advances in nanotechnology for bio-sensing in agriculture and food
    Nanomaterial based gas sensor for agriculture sector
    Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) sensors for stress management in crops
    Current trends of plasmonic nanosensors use in agriculture
    Relevance of biosensor in climate smart organic agriculture and their role in environmental sustainability: What has been done and what we need to do?
    New trends in biosensors for pesticide detection
    Application of biosensor for the identification of various pathogens and pests mitigating against the agricultural production: recent advances
    Gold nanoparticles-based point-of-care colorimetric diagnostic for plant diseases
    Advancements in biosensors for fungal pathogen detection in plants
    Journey of Agricultural sensors From conventional to ultra-modern
    PART II: Biosensors in food science, Advances in biosensors based on electrospun micro/nanomaterials for food quality control and safety
    Current trend of electrochemical sensing for mytoxins
    Biosensor for fruit quality monitoring
    Lateral flow assays for food authentication
    Nanobiosensors in agriculture and foods: a scientometric review
    PART III: Biosensors in animal and fishery Sciences, Biosensors: Modern tools for disease diagnosis and animal health monitoring
    Nano-biosensing devices detecting biomarkers of communicable and non-communicable diseases of animals
    Recent advances in biosensor development for poultry industry
    Smart aquaculture: Integration of sensors, biosensors, and artificial intelligence
    Biosensor as potential tool for on-site detection of insect pathogens.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ashutosh Tiwari and Anthony P.F. Turner.
    Summary: "This book provides detailed review chapters on a range of nanostructures such as nanoparticles, nanowires, nanotubes, nanoribbons, nanorods, nanobelts and nanosheets in the construction of biosensors with set applications of biosensors nanotechnology for biological and chemical analyses, food safety industry, biomedical diagnostics, clinical detection, and environmental monitoring. The authors provide a comprehensive view of cutting-edge research on advanced materials for healthcare technology and applications. The book is written for scientists, researchers, and clinicians from diverse backgrounds across chemistry, physics, materials science and engineering, medical science, pharmacy, biotechnology, and biomedical engineering"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Kerry B. Barker, Sandeep M. Menon, Ralph B. D'Agostino, Sr., Siyan Xu, Bo Jin.
    Contents:
    1. Biosimilars for drug development : the time is now! / Bo Jin, Sandeep M. Menon, Kerry B. Barker, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
    2. From isolation to integration : a systems biology approach for the discovery of therapeutic targets and biomarkers / Attila Seyhan and Claudio Carini
    3. Immunogenicity of biological products : current perspectives and future implications / Candida Fratazzi, Attila Seyhan, and Claudio Carini
    4. Interchangeability between biosimilar and innovator drug products / Bo Jin, Sandeep M. Menon, Kerry B. Barker, and Steven Ye Hua
    5. Bridging a new biological product with its reference product / Jianfun (David) Li and Jin Xu
    6. Accounting for covariate effect to show noninferiority in biosimilars / Siyan Xu, Kerry B. Barker, Sandeep M. Menon, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
    7. Novel method in inference of equivalence in biosimilars / Siyan Xu, Steven Ye Hua, Ronald Menton, Kerry B. Barker, Sandeep M. Menon, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
    8. Multiplicity adjustments in testing for bioequivalence / Steven Ye Hua, Siyan Xu, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
    9. Bayesian methods to assess bioequivalence and biosimilarity with case studies / Steven Ye Hua, Siyan Xu, Kerry B. Barker, Shan Mei Liao, and Shujie Li
    10. Average inferiority measure and standardized margins to address the issues in biosimilar trials / Gang Li and Weichung Joe Shih
    11. Bayesian methods for design and analysis of noninferiority trials / Mani Lakshminarayanan and Fanni Natanegara.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Cheng Liu, K. John Morrow Jr.
    Contents:
    The history of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies / Regis Sodoyer
    Structure, classification and naming of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies / Zhinan Xia
    Mechanism of action for therapeutic antibodies / Yu Zhou and James D. Marks
    Therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and their targets / Maurizio Chiriva-Internati, et al
    Antibody post-translational modifications / Roy Jefferis
    The pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of antibodies / Ningning Xu, Meimei Liu, Margaret Liu
    Monoclonal antibodies : applications in clinical oncology / Jeanene ("Gigi") Robison
    Development of biosimilar rituximab and clinical experience / Reena Nair
    Monoclonal antibodies for infectious diseases / Steven J. Projan
    Monoclonal antibodies for musculoskeletal, CNS, and other diseases / Junming Yie and Tao Wu
    Manufacture of recombinant therapeutic proteins using chinese hamster ovary cells in large-scale bioreactors : history, methods and perspectives / Florian M. Wurm and Maria De Jesus
    Process development / Samuel D. Stimple and David W. Wood
    Biosimilars and biobetters : impact on biopharmaceutical manufacturing and CMOs / Ronald A. Rader
    Cell line and cell culture development for biosimilar antibody drug manufacturing / Jianguo Yang
    Product analysis of biosimilar antibodies / Weidong Jiang, Scott Liu and Ziyang Zhong
    Bioanalytical development / Rafiq Islam
    Preclinical and clinical development of biosimilar antibodies / João Eurico Fonseca and João Gonçalves
    Regulatory issues / Clarinda Islam
    Legal considerations / K. Lance Anderson, Jennifer R. Moore Meline, and Jonathan D. Ball
    ADCC enhancement technologies for next generation therapeutic antibodies / Cheng Liu and Su Yan
    Biosimilar antibody half-life : engineering for optimal performance / K. John Morrow, Jr
    Technologies for antibody drug conjugation / Patrick G. Holder and David Rabuka.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Annemarie Surlykke, Paul E. Nachtigall, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Biosonar of Bats and Toothed Whales: An Overview / Annemarie Surlykke and Paul E. Nachtigall
    2. Sonar Signals of Bats and Toothed Whales / Brock (M. B.) Fenton, Frants H. Jensen, Elisabeth K. V. Kalko, and Peter L. Tyack
    3. Production of Biosonar Signals: Structure and Form / Whitlow W. L. Au and Roderick A. Suthers
    4. Sound Intensities of Biosonar Signals from Bats and Toothed Whales / Magnus Wahlberg and Annemarie Surlykke
    5. Hearing During Echolocation in Whales and Bats / Paul E. Nachtigall and Gerd Schuller
    6. Localization and Classification of Targets by Echolocating Bats and Dolphins / James A. Simmons, Dorian Houser, and Laura Kloepper
    7. On-Animal Methods for Studying Echolocation in Free-Ranging Animals / Mark Johnson
    8. Analysis of Natural Scenes by Echolocation in Bats and Dolphins / Cynthia F. Moss, Chen Chiu, and Patrick W. Moore
    9. Echolocation in Air and Water / Peter Teglberg Madsen and Annemarie Surlykke.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Geoffrey R. Norman, David L. Streiner.
    Summary: "New for 2014, Biostatistics: The Bare Essentials, 4th Edition, includes updated information on robust estimators of the mean, the problems of multiple hypothesis testing, bootstrapping and resampling and non-parametric stats. In addition, an entirely new chapter title Measures of Impact discusses measures of incidence and prevalence, risk, morbidity and fatality rates, and more."

    Contents:
    The nature of data and statistics: the basics
    Looking at the data
    Describing the data with numbers
    The normal distribution
    Probability
    Elements of Statistical inference
    Analysis of variance: Comparing two groups the T-test
    More than two groups one way ANOVA
    Factorial ANOVA
    Two repeated observations the paired T-test and alternatives
    Repaeted-measures ANOVA
    Multivariate ANOVA (MANOVA)
    C.R.A.P. detectors
    Regression and correlation: Simple regression and correlation
    Multiple regression
    Logistic and poisson regression
    Advanced topis in regression and ANOVA
    Measuring change
    Analysis of Longitudinal data: Hierarchical linear modeling
    Non-parametric statistics: Tests of significance for categorical frequency data
    Measures of association for categorical data
    tests of significance for ranked data
    Measures of association for ranked data
    Survival analysis
    Measures of impact introductory side bar
    Reprise: Equivalence and Non-inferiority testing
    Screwups, oddballs, and other vagaries of science
    Putting it all together
    gettting started with SPSS.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    Christophe Lalanne, Mounir Mesbah.
    Contents:
    1. Language elements
    2. Simple descriptive statistics
    3. Measures of association, comparison of means or proportions
    4. Correlation, linear regression
    5. Logistic regression
    6. Survival curves, cox regression
    Appendix A. Introduction to SAS studio
    Appendix B. Introduction to SAS Macro
    Appendix C. Introduction to SAS IML.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Bertram K.C. Chan.
    Summary: "Biostatistics for Human Genetic Epidemiology provides statistical methodologies and R recipes for human genetic epidemiologic problems. It begins by introducing all the necessary probabilistic and statistical foundations, before moving on to topics related human genetic epidemiology, with R codes illustrations for various examples. This clear and concise book covers human genetic epidemiology, using R in data analysis, including multivariate data analysis. It examines probabilistic and statistical theories for modeling human genetic epidemiology – leading the readers through an effective epidemiologic model, from simple to advanced levels. Classical mathematical, probabilistic, and statistical theory are thoroughly discussed and presented. This book also presents R as a calculator and using R in data analysis. Additionally, it covers Advanced Human Genetic Data Concepts, the Study of Human Genetic Variation, Manhattan Plots, as well as the Procedures for Multiple Comparison. Numerous Worked Examples are provided for illustrations of concepts and real-life applications"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to human genetic epidemiology / Bertram K. C. Chan
    Data analysis using R programming / Bertram K. C. Chan
    Applied statistics for human genetics using R / Bertram K. C. Chan
    Applied human genetic epidemiology / Bertram K. C. Chan
    Human genetic epidemiology using R.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    George R. Pettit.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC271.C5 P47
    2
  • Digital
    Chi Yen, Junliang Yang.
    Summary: This book discusses the natural classification and biosystematics of Triticeae, and presents the most significant findings of comprehensive studies on the Triticeae, an important tribe in the grass family (Poaceae) that includes major crops such as wheat, barley, rye and triticale, as well as various forage crops found in different genera. The five-volume Chinese version of Biosystematics of Triticeae was published in 1998, 2004, 2006, 2011, and 2013, and included the 30 genera, 2 subgenera, 464 species, 9 subspecies, and 186 varieties of Triticeae identified to date. This completely revised English edition features up-to-date international research and the latest advances in the field. The book is divided into five volumes, covering a wide range of disciplines from traditional taxonomy and cytogenetics, to molecular phylogeny. Volume I, Triticum-Aegilops complex focuses on the taxonomy and generic relationships of Triticum and Aegilops, discussing the origin of common wheat as a crop. Volume II highlights the taxonomy and systematics of Secale, Tritiosecale, Pseudosecale, Eremopyrum, Henrardia, Taeniantherum, Heteranthelium, Crithopsis, and Hordeum. Volume III describes perennial genera and species including Kengyilia, Douglasdeweya, Agropyron, Australopyrum, and Anthosachne. Volume IV addresses perennial genera and species including Stenostachys, Psathyrostachys, Leymus, Pseudoroegneria, and Roegeneria. Volume V presents perennial genera and species such as Campeiostachys, Elymus,Pascopyrum, Lophopyrum, Trichopyrum, Hordelymus, Festucopsis, Peridictyon, and Psammopyrum.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Classical morphological taxonomy
    Chapter 2. Systematical survey of the genus Aegilops
    Chapter 3. Discovery of wild Triticum species
    Chapter 4. Reihe system of genus Triticum
    Chapter 5. Triticum taxon of British School and Soviet School in the 20 century
    Chapter 6. Cytogenetic relationship of Triticum and Aegilops species
    Chapter 7. Development of Triticum taxonomy
    Chapter 8. Taxonomy of the genus Triticum
    Chapter 9. Taxon within a Triticum species
    Chapter 10. Geographic and historical origin of wheat
    Chapter 11. Artificially synthesized species and genera.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Reetika Singh, Bechan Sharma.
    Summary: Plants have always occupied a prominent position in the life of every living being. Plants are the primary source of food, shelter and medicines. The global inclination toward herbal medicine has advanced the expansion of plant-based pharmaceutical industries to a vast extent. The production of traditional medicine at global market has been estimated to touch US trillion by 2050. Some of the useful plant-based drugs include vinblastine, vincristine, taxol, podophyllotoxin, camptothecin, digoxigenin, morphine, codeine, aspirin, atropine, capscicine, allicin, curcumin, artemesinin and ephedrine. Genus Sapindus is an important economical and medicinal trees, distributed over the world. Soap nuts contain higher amount of saponin, a natural detergent which can be used to clean clothes and hairs. Sapindus species possesses various pharmacological properties including antimicrobial, antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, anticancer, hepatoprotective, anti-trichomonas activity. Extracts of this plant are rich in various phytochemicals and polyphenolic compounds. All the pharmacological properties are due to presence of saponins. Biotechnological techniques can improve the saponin content; thus this chemical content can be produced at large scale and can be used as phytomedicine. We hope that this book would be of great use to under graduates, postgraduates, scientists, researchers and faculty members who are studying, teaching or working in the field of Biotechnology, Phytochemistry and Ethnopharmacology. The techniques explained in this book could be of immense use for the researchers working in this area. We shall deeply appreciate receiving any critical comments and suggestions from the readers from the different parts of globe which would help us improve the first edition of this publication.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations/Acronyms; List of Figures; List of Tables;
    1: Introduction; Further Readings;
    2: Morphological Characteristics of Sapindus Species; 2.1 Botanical Classification of Sapindus; 2.2 Sapindus mukorossi; 2.3 Sapindus trifoliatus; 2.4 Sapindus saponaria; 2.5 Sapindus rarak; 2.6 Traditional Uses of Sapindus Species; Further Readings;
    3: Traditional Uses and Ethnomedicinal Values of Sapindus spp.; 3.1 History of Traditional Medicine; 3.2 Resources of Medicinal Materials; 3.3 Current Status at National and International Levels 3.4 Validation of Traditional Medicinal Values Through Scientific Experiments3.5 Herbal Shampoo Preparation; 3.6 Traditional Medicinal Uses of Sapindus spp.; Further Readings;
    4: Biotechnological Advances in Sapindus sps.; 4.1 Introduction of Biotechnology; 4.2 In Vitro Regeneration of Woody Trees; 4.3 Regeneration via Organogenesis; 4.4 Regeneration via Somatic Embryogenesis; 4.5 Advantages and Limitations of Micropropagation Techniques; 4.6 Propagation of Sapindus Species; 4.6.1 Conventional Propagation of Sapindus; 4.6.2 Micropropagation Studies; 4.7 Mass Propagation of Sapindus mukorossi 4.7.1 Organogenesis4.7.2 Somatic Embryogenesis; 4.7.2.1 Seedling-Derived Leaf Explants; 4.7.2.2 In Vivo Leaf Explants; 4.7.2.3 Rachis Explants; 4.7.2.4 In Vitro Leaf Explants; 4.8 In Vitro Regeneration in Sapindus trifoliatus; 4.8.1 Organogenesis; 4.8.2 Somatic Embryogenesis; 4.8.2.1 Leaf Explant; 4.8.2.2 Development of Somatic Embryos in Saline Media; 4.8.2.3 Sepal Explant; 4.9 Genetic Fidelity Appraisal; 4.9.1 Genetic Fidelity in Sapindus mukorossi; 4.9.1.1 In Vitro Raised Plantlets from Leaf Explants; 4.9.1.2 In Vitro Raised Plantlets from Rachis Explants 4.9.1.3 In Vitro Raised Plantlets from Leaf Explants4.9.2 Genetic Fidelity in Sapindus trifoliatus; 4.10 Solubilizing Property; 4.11 Biodiesel Production; Further Readings;
    5: Phytochemical Analysis and Pharmaceutical Development from Sapindus spp.; 5.1 Phytochemistry of Sapindus; 5.2 Phytochemistry of S. trifoliatus, S. saponaria and S. rarak; 5.3 Saponins; 5.3.1 Biosynthesis of Saponins; 5.3.2 Development of Sapogenin Diversity; 5.4 Evaluation of Phytochemical Activity from S. mukorossi; 5.4.1 Experimental Setup; 5.4.1.1 Material Collection and Preparation of Extracts 5.4.1.2 Preparation of Stock Sample of Extracts5.4.1.3 Antioxidant Activity; 5.4.1.4 Estimation of Reducing Potential; 5.4.1.5 Thiobarbituric Acid Reactive Substance (TBARS) Assay; 5.4.1.6 Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2) Scavenging Assay; 5.4.1.7 Estimation of Total Phenolic Content; 5.4.1.8 Estimation of Total Flavonoid Content; 5.5 Observations; 5.5.1 Antioxidant Activity Through TLC and DPPH Assay; 5.5.2 [beta]-Carotene/Linoleic Antioxidant Assay; 5.5.3 Hydrogen Peroxide Scavenging Activity; 5.5.4 Reducing Potential from Leaf and Fruitś Extracts
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Provash Chandra Sadhukhan, Sanjay Premi, editors.
    Summary: This book compiles selected articles presented at the International Conference on Biotechnology & Biological Sciences, BIOSPECTRUM 2017, organized by the Department of Biotechnology, University of Engineering & Management, Kolkata. Focusing on biotechnology-based analysis and intervention to address certain human diseases, the book includes a holistic discourse on disease profiling, molecular level analysis of diseases, and non-invasive medical interventions. It features articles on non-invasive treatment of iron deficiency anemia with iron nanoparticles; novel diagnosis methods based on microarray data; analysis using machine learning techniques like artificial neural network for early detection and treatment of cancer; and drug discovery for preventing the growth of human leukemic cells. Further, the book sheds light on in silico drug design using lipopeptides, and identifying the binding sites for their corresponding ligands. Presenting the concepts of the design of potent and safe antimicrobial compounds to fight multi drug resistant pathogens, it also includes interesting reviews on the design and development of various non-invasive methods, such as multi NIR wavelength probes to identify the risk areas in the diabetic foot at an early stage; and a low-cost cochlear implant prototype designed and developed from commercial off the-shelf components to empower the hearing impaired. The book appeals to students, academics and researchers in a wide range of subject areas, including biotechnology, life sciences, medicine and cancer research.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Chapter 1: Design of Multi-wavelength Near Infra-Red probe to detect risk areas in diabetic foot
    Chapter 2: Cellular and molecular response for sensitising cancer cells and protecting the normal cells from radiation-induced damages
    Chapter 3: A Novel Approach for Production and Study of Medical Ultrasound from Low Cost Electromagnetic Transducers
    Chapter 4: Altered profile of regulatory T cells and NKT cells are characteristics of Chikungunya associated polyarthralgia
    Chapter 5: Cytotoxicity and Apoptosis of Human Colon Carcinoma Cell (HT 29 Cells), Treated with Methanolic Extract of Chlorococcum humicola
    Chapter 6: Universal primer design for the detection of diverged CTX-M Beta Lactamases (ESBL) that give penicillin and cephalosporin resistance during superbug infections
    Chapter 7: Lipopeptides as therapeutics: Molecular docking and drug design
    Chapter 8: Design and Simulation of Geometrical Shape and Size Variations of Micro-electrode for Cochlear Implant
    Chapter 9: Molecular and Protein Interaction Studies for Inhibiting Growth of Human Leukemic Cells: An In silico Structural Approach to Instigate Drug Discovery
    Chapter 10
    Laccase Mediated Synthesis of Bio-material using Agro-residues
    Chapter 11: Extraction of Fungal Xylanase using ATPS-PEG/sulphate and its Application in Hydrolysis of Agricultural Residues
    Chapter 12: Thyme (Thymus vulgaris) essential oil based antimicrobial nanoemulsion formulation for fruit juice preservation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    María Gabriela Guevara, Gustavo Raúl Daleo, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of the diverse fields application of proteases (also termed proteolytic enzymes or proteinases), including food science and technology, pharmaceutical industries, and detergent manufacturing, reviewing the advances in the biotechnological application plant proteolytic enzymes over the last decade. In recent years, they have been the focus of renewed attention from the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, not only because of their activity on a wide variety of proteins but also because they are active over a range of temperatures and pHs. The main audience of this book are researchers working with plant proteases but also professionals from several industry segments such as food production and pharmaceutical companies.

    Contents:
    An overview of plant proteolytic enzymes
    Milk-clotting plant proteases for cheesemaking
    Use of plant proteolytic enzymes for meat processing
    Peptide synthesis using proteases as catalyst
    Plant proteolytic enzymes: their role as natural pharmacophores
    Potential use of plant proteolytic enzymes in hemostasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vipin Chandra Kalia, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest research on the uses of polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA), introducing readers to these natural, biodegradable polyesters produced by microorganisms, their functions and applications. The individual chapters discuss the various potentials of these bioplastics, which offer an attractive alternative to non-biodegradable plastics. The book also describes the diverse medical and biomedical applications of PHAs, including their use as drug carriers, memory enhancers, and biocontrol agents, and examines their role in creating a more sustainable economy which is the need of the hour.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; About the Editor;
    1: The Dawn of Novel Biotechnological Applications of Polyhydroxyalkanoates; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Antimicrobials, Biocontrol and Anticancer Agents; 1.3 Drug Carriers; 1.4 Engineering Tissues; 1.5 Medical Implants and Devices; 1.6 Anti-osteoporosis Agent; 1.7 Memory Enhancer; 1.8 Packaging; 1.9 Agriculture; 1.10 Challenges in Customizing PHAs; 1.11 The Future; References;
    2: Strategy for Biosynthesis of Polyhydroxyalkonates Polymers/Copolymers and Their Application in Drug Delivery; 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Strategy for Biosynthesis of Polyhydroxyalkonates2.2.1 Enhancement of PHA Accumulation and Production; 2.2.2 Approaches to Produce Copolymers; 2.2.2.1 Precursor Feeding; 2.2.2.2 Metabolic Engineering to Synthesize Copolymer Precursors; 2.3 Biodegradability and Biocompatibility of PHA; 2.4 PHA in Drug Delivery; 2.4.1 Intrinsic PHA in Drug Delivery; 2.4.1.1 Nanoparticles; 2.4.1.2 Microsphere; 2.4.1.3 Scaffolds; 2.4.1.4 Nanofibers; 2.4.2 Functionalized PHA in Drug Delivery; 2.4.2.1 Functionalization of PHA Granule Associated Proteins; 2.4.2.2 Functionalized PHA Graft Polymer 2.4.2.3 Functionalized PHA Block Copolymer2.5 Route for Drug Delivery; 2.5.1 Oral Route; 2.5.2 Intravenous Route; 2.5.3 Subcutaneous Route; 2.6 Drug Release Mechanism; 2.7 Factors Affect Drug Release; 2.8 Conclusion; 2.9 Opinion; References;
    3: Applications of Polyhydroxyalkanoates and Their Metabolites as Drug Carriers; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Applications of PHA as Drug Carriers; 3.3 Anticancer Carriers; 3.4 Antibacterial Carriers; 3.5 Wound Dressers; 3.6 Conclusion; References;
    4: Polyhydroxyalkanoates Applications in Antimicrobial Agents Delivery and Wound Healing 4.1 Introduction4.2 Bacterial Infections; 4.3 PHAs as Antimicrobial Agents; 4.4 PHAs as Delivery System of Antimicrobial Agents; 4.4.1 PHB; 4.4.2 PHAs, Their Derivatives and Copolymers; 4.5 Antibacterial Activity Against Biofilms; 4.6 PHAs Applications; 4.6.1 PHAs as Delivery Systems for Oral Use; 4.6.2 PHAs in Wound Healing; 4.6.3 PHAs as Bacteriostatic Agents in Animal Production; 4.7 Conclusions: Opinion; References;
    5: Polyhydroxyalkanoates Applications in Drug Carriers; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Anticancer; 5.3 PHB Microspheres; 5.4 Encapsulation; 5.4.1 Synthesis of Capsules 5.4.2 Characterization Techniques for PHA Capsules5.4.3 Factors Affecting PHA Capsules Properties; 5.4.4 Properties of PHA Capsules; 5.5 Pharmacokinetics and Biodegradation of PHAs; 5.6 Bio-distribution and Toxicity Studies in Animals; 5.7 Nanoparticles; 5.8 Hydrogels; 5.9 Non-woven Membrane; 5.10 Micelles; 5.11 Bone Repair; 5.12 Anti-proliferative Activity; 5.13 Hemolytic Properties; 5.14 Conclusions; 5.15 Opinion; References;
    6: Applications of Polyhydroxyalkanoates Based Nanovehicles as Drug Carriers; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Structure of PHA; 6.3 Bacterial PHA
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vipin Chandra Kalia, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the practical applications of quorum sensing inhibitors for both human and plant health. Quorum sensing inhibitors that disrupt microbial biofilms can be employed to treat bacterial infections. The book describes the various bioactive molecules that can serve as quorum sensing inhibitors to combat deadly bacterial infections, in addition to several synthetic quorum sensing inhibitors. Quorum sensing is the mechanism through which bacteria develop antibiotic resistance. Intended to provide a clearer understanding of the practical applications of quorum sensing inhibitors, the book details how the problem of antibiotic resistance can be countered through the intelligent application of quorum sensing inhibitors.

    Contents:
    A. Human Health
    Inhibition of Quorum-sensing: a new paradigm in controlling bacterial virulence and biofilm formation
    Targeting Quorum Sensing Mediated Staphylococcus aureus Biofilms: A Proteolytic Approach
    Alternative strategies for control of quorum sensing and biofilm formation of pathogenic Pseudomonas aeruginosa by plant, marine and synthetic based quorum sensing inhibitors
    Quorum Quenching and Biofilm Inhibition: Alternative imminent strategies to control the disease Cholera
    Anti-biofilm peptides: A new class of quorum quenchers and their prospective therapeutic applications
    Quorum sensing inhibition: A target for treating chronic wounds
    Efflux pump-mediated quorum sensing--new avenues for modulation of antimicrobial resistance and bacterial virulence
    CRISPR-Cas systems regulate quorum sensing genes and alter virulence in bacteria
    Developing Anti-virulence Chemotherapies by Exploiting the Diversity of Microbial Quorum Sensing Systems
    Synergism between quorum sensing inhibitors and antibiotics: Combating the antibiotic resistance crisis
    Nanoparticles as quorum sensing inhibitor: Prospects and limitations
    Nanotechnological Approaches in Quorum sensing Inhibition
    Bacterial-mediated biofouling: Fundamentals and control techniques
    Technological developments in quorum sensing and its inhibition for medical applications
    Combating Staphylococcal Infections Through Quorum Sensing Inhibitors. B. Plant Health
    Marine biodiversity as a resource for bioactive molecules as inhibitors of microbial quorum sensing phenotypes
    Quorum Sensing in plant pathogenic bacteria and its relevance in plant health
    Scope of pathogenesis-related proteins produced by plants in interrupting quorum sensing signaling
    Bioactive phytochemicals targeting microbial activities mediated by quorum sensing
    Quorum sensing interference by natural products from medicinal plants: Significance in combating bacterial infection
    Enzymatic Quorum Quenching for Virulence Attenuation of Phytopathogenic Bacteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nitish Kumar editor.
    Summary: For the majority of the world's population, medicinal and aromatic plants are the most important source of life-saving drugs. Biotechnological tools represent important resources for selecting, multiplying and conserving the critical genotypes of medicinal plants. In this regard, in-vitro regeneration holds tremendous potential for the production of high-quality plant-based medicines, while cryopreservation - a long-term conservation method using liquid nitrogen - provides an opportunity to conserve endangered medicinal and aromatic plants. In-vitro production of secondary metabolites in plant cell suspension cultures has been reported for various medicinal plants, and bioreactors represent a key step toward the commercial production of secondary metabolites by means of plant biotechnology. Addressing these key aspects, the book contains 29 chapters, divided into three sections. Section 1: In-vitro production of secondary metabolites Section 2: In-vitro propagation, genetic transformation and germplasm conservation Section 3: Conventional and molecular approaches.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editor; Part I: In Vitro Production of Secondary Metabolite;
    Chapter 1: Production ofPlant Secondary Metabolites: Current Status andFuture Prospects; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Plant Secondary Metabolites; 1.1.2 Terpenes; 1.1.3 Phenolic Compounds; 1.1.4 Nitrogen-Containing Compounds; 1.2 Production ofPlant Secondary Metabolites; 1.2.1 Callus Culture; 1.2.2 Hairy Root Culture; 1.2.3 Organ Culture; 1.2.4 Elicitation; 1.2.5 Endophytes; 1.2.6 Nitric Oxide; 1.2.7 Abiotic Stress; 1.2.8 Bioreactor; 1.2.9 Metabolic Engineering; 1.2.10 Immobilization 1.3 Production ofValuable Pharmaceutical Compounds ThroughIn Vitro Culture Techniques1.3.1 Taxol; 1.3.2 Morphine andCodeine; 1.3.3 Ginsenosides; 1.3.4 L-DOPA; 1.3.5 Diosgenin; 1.3.6 Capsaicin; 1.3.7 Berberine; 1.3.8 Camptothecin; 1.3.9 Vincristine andVinblastine; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: The Effects ofrol Genes ofAgrobacterium rhizogenes onMorphogenesis andSecondary Metabolite Accumulation inMedicinal Plants; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Effect ofrolA Gene onMorphogenesis; 2.3 Effect ofrolB Gene onMorphogenesis; 2.4 Effect ofrolC Gene onMorphogenesis 2.5 Effect ofrolD Gene onMorphogenesis2.6 Effect ofrolABC Gene onMorphogenesis; 2.7 The 'rol Effect' onSecondary Metabolites inPlants; 2.8 Effect ofrolA Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.9 Effect ofrolB Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.10 Effect ofrolC Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.11 Synergistic Effect ofrol ABC Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.12 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Conventional andBiotechnological Approaches toEnhance Steviol Glycosides (SGs) inStevia rebaudiana Bertoni; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Conventional Approaches3.2.1 Enhancement by Physical Factors; 3.2.2 Enhancement by Chemical Factors; 3.3 Biotechnological Interventions; 3.3.1 Micropropagation; 3.3.2 Enhancement by Biological Factors; 3.3.3 Hairy Root Culture andMetabolic Engineering; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Effect ofChemical Elicitors onPentacyclic Triterpenoid Production inInVitro Cultures ofAchyranthes aspera L.; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Taxonomy ofthePlant; 4.1.2 Ethnobotanical Significance; 4.1.3 Pharmacology; 4.1.4 Chemical Properties; 4.2 Methodology; 4.2.1 Sampling andCollection 4.2.2 Sample Authentication4.2.3 Sample Processing; 4.2.4 Effect ofPlant Growth Regulators onShoot Induction andRate ofMultiplication; 4.2.5 Effect ofElicitors withandWithout PGRs forProduction ofTriterpenoids; 4.2.6 Culturing Conditions; 4.2.7 Extraction; 4.2.8 RP-UFLC Analysis ofSelected Triterpenoids; 4.3 Results andDiscussion; 4.3.1 RP-UFLC Analysis ofSelected Triterpenoids; 4.3.2 Use ofSalicylic Acid (SA), Methyl Jasmonate (MeJA), Jasmonic Acid (JA), andChitosan (CH) inMedia Fortified withandWithout PGRs forProduction ofTriterpenoids
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bhupendra Koul, Pooja Taak.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive collection of various in situ and ex-situ soil remediation regimes that employ natural or genetically modified microbes, plants, and animals for the biodegradation of toxic compounds or hazardous waste into simpler non-toxic products. These techniques are demonstrated to be functionally effective in connection with physical, chemical, and biological strategies. Soil and water contamination through heavy metals, hydrocarbons and radioactive wastes is of global concern, as these factors have cumulative effects on the environment and human health through food-chain contamination. The book discusses the utilization of algae, plants, plant-associated bacteria, fungi (endophytic or rhizospheric) and certain lower animals for the sustainable bioremediation of organic and inorganic pollutants. In addition, it explores a number of more recent techniques like biochar and biofilms for carbon sequestration, soil conditioning and remediation, and water remediation. It highlights a number of recent advances in nanobioremediation, an emerging technology based on biosynthetic nanoparticles. Lastly, it presents illustrative case studies and highlights the successful treatment of polluted soils by means of these strategies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Soil Pollution: Causes and Consequences; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Causes of Soil Pollution; 1.2.1 Natural Sources; 1.2.1.1 Volcanic Eruptions; 1.2.1.2 Earthquakes; 1.2.1.3 Alterations in Rainfall Patterns; 1.2.1.4 Geographical Changes; 1.2.1.5 Tsunamis; 1.2.2 Anthropogenic Sources; 1.2.2.1 Solid Wastes; Municipal Solid Wastes (MSW); Hospital Wastes; Industrial Wastes; 1.2.2.2 Agricultural Practices; Herbicides; Insecticides; Fungicides; 1.2.2.3 Radioactive Wastes; 1.2.2.4 Chemical Wastes; 1.2.2.5 Mining and Smelting. 1.3 Harmful Effects of Soil Pollution1.4 Remedies to Cope with Soil Pollution; 1.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Ex situ Soil Remediation Strategies; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Land Farming; 2.3 Biopile; 2.4 Windrow; 2.5 Composting; 2.6 Soil Washing; 2.7 Bioreactor; 2.8 Absorption/Adsorption; 2.9 Ion Exchange; 2.10 Pyrolysis; 2.11 Ultrasonic Technology; 2.12 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: In Situ Soil Remediation Strategies; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Physical Methods of Soil Remediation; 3.2.1 Physical Separation; 3.2.2 Soil Flushing; 3.2.3 Volatilization; 3.2.4 Froth Flotation. 3.2.5 Thermal Remediation3.2.5.1 Electrical Resistance Heating (ERH); 3.2.5.2 Steam Injection and Extraction; 3.2.5.3 Conductive Heating; 3.2.5.4 Radio-Frequency Heating (RFH); 3.2.5.5 In situ Vitrification (ISV); 3.3 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Chemical Methods of Soil Remediation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Chemical Leaching; 4.3 Chemical Fixation; 4.4 Chemical Oxidation; 4.5 Electrokinetic Remediation; 4.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Biochar and Soil Remediation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Carbon Sequestration; 5.3 Nutrient Exchange; 5.4 Water Holding; 5.5 Adsorption/Absorption. 5.6 Oxidation/Reduction5.7 Biochar-Microbe Interaction in Soil; 5.8 Remediation of Organic and Inorganic Contaminants from Soils; 5.9 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Soil Remediation Through Microbes; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Microbial Degradation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons; 6.3 Bioventing; 6.4 Bioleaching; 6.5 Bioaugmentation; 6.6 Mycoremediation; 6.7 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 7: Soil Remediation Through Algae, Plants and Animals; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Phycoremediation; 7.3 Phytoremediation; 7.3.1 Rhizofiltration; 7.3.2 Phytotransformation; 7.3.2.1 Degradation; 7.3.2.2 Volatilization. 7.3.2.3 Stabilization7.3.3 Phytoextraction/Phytoaccumulation; 7.3.4 Phytomining; 7.3.5 Phytostimulation; 7.4 Genetic Engineering Approaches for Phytoremediation; 7.5 Animal-Mediated Soil Remediation; 7.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 8: Nanobioremediation; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Properties of Nanoparticles; 8.3 Types of Nanoparticles; 8.3.1 TiO2 (Titanium Dioxide) Based Nanoparticles; 8.3.2 Iron Based Nanoparticles; 8.3.3 Bimetallic Nanoparticles; 8.3.4 Nanoclays; 8.3.5 Nanotubes; 8.3.6 Dendrimers and Nanosponges; 8.3.7 Magnetic Nanoparticles.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Satabir Singh Gosal, Shabir Hussain Wani, editors.
    Summary: During the past 15 years, cellular and molecular approaches have emerged as valuable adjuncts to supplement and complement conventional breeding methods for a wide variety of crop plants. Biotechnology increasingly plays a role in the creation, conservation, characterization and utilization of genetic variability for germplasm enhancement. For instance, anther/microspore culture, somaclonal variation, embryo culture and somatic hybridization are being exploited for obtaining incremental improvement in the existing cultivars. In addition, genes that confer insect- and disease-resistance, abiotic stress tolerance, herbicide tolerance and quality traits have been isolated and re-introduced into otherwise sensitive or susceptible species by a variety of transgenic techniques. Together these transformative methodologies grant access to a greater repertoire of genetic diversity as the gene(s) may come from viruses, bacteria, fungi, insects, animals, human beings, unrelated plants or even be artificially derived. Remarkable achievements have been made in the production, characterization, field evaluation and commercialization of transgenic crop varieties worldwide. Likewise, significant advances have been made towards increasing crop yields, improving nutritional quality, enabling crops to be raised under adverse conditions and developing resistance to pests and diseases for sustaining global food and nutritional security. The overarching purpose of this 3-volume work is to summarize the history of crop improvement from a technological perspective but to do so with a forward outlook on further advancement and adaptability to a changing world. Our carefully chosen "case studies of important plant crops" intend to serve a diverse spectrum of audience looking for the right tools to tackle complicated local and global issues.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Cell andTissue Culture Approaches inRelation toCrop Improvement; 1 Introduction; 2 Micropropagation; 2.1 Significance ofMicropropagation; 3 Meristem Culture; 4 Micrografting; 5 Somatic Embryogenesis; 6 Somaclonal Variation; 6.1 Induction ofSomaclonal Variation; 6.2 Causes ofSomaclonal Variation; 6.2.1 Chromosomal Changes; 6.2.2 Mitotic Crossing Over; 6.2.3 Apparent 'Point' Mutations; 6.2.4 Cytoplasmic Genetic Changes; 6.2.5 Amplifications andDeamplifications; 6.2.6 Transposable Element Activation. 2.4.1 Establishment ofAseptic Cultures ofExplants InVitro (Stage 1)Collection ofTops andExcision ofSpindles; Sterilization ofSpindles andPreparation ofExplants; Inoculation andIncubation ofSpindle Leaf Segments; 2.4.2 Shoot Multiplication (Stage 2); 2.4.3 Induction ofRoots andHardening ofPlantlets InVitro (Stage 3); 2.4.4 Transfer ofPlantlets toSoil (Stage 4); 2.5 Transplanting ofMicropropagated Plants intheField; 2.6 Production ofCommercial Seed; 2.7 Precautions toBeTaken During Micropropagation; 2.8 Scenario ofSugarcane Micropropagation. 2.9 Significance ofMicropropagation2.10 Problems Associated withMicropropagation; 3 Somatic Embryogenesis; 3.1 Regulation ofSomatic Embryogenesis; 3.2 Effect ofSource ofExplant onSomatic Embryogenesis; 3.3 Evidence forSomatic Embryogenesis andProteins Produced fromCallus; 3.4 Somatic Embryogenesis fromCell Suspension Cultures; 3.5 Somatic Embryogenesis andCryopreservation; 3.6 Somatic Embryogenesis andSynthetic Seeds; 3.7 Somatic Embryogenesis andPlant Regeneration; References; Production ofSuperelite Planting Material Through InVitro Culturing inBanana; 1 Introduction. 6.2.7 Methylation/Demethylation ofDNA6.2.8 Altered Expression ofMultigene Families; 6.3 Nature ofSomaclonal Variation; 6.4 Significance ofSomaclonal Variation inCrop Improvement; 7 In Vitro Production ofHaploids; 7.1 Anther Culture; 7.1.1 Significance ofAnther Culture; 7.2 Isolated Microspore/Pollen Culture; 7.3 Unpollinated Ovary Culture; 7.4 Embryo Rescue fromWide Crosses; 7.4.1 Bulbosum Method; 7.4.2 Wheat Haploids fromWheat × Maize Crosses; 8 Embryo/Ovule/Ovary Culture forWide Hybridization; 9 Somatic Hybridization; 9.1 Protoplast Culture andSomatic Hybridization. 9.2 Significance inCrop Improvement10 In Vitro Production ofSecondary Metabolites; 11 Cryopreservation andInVitro Germplasm Storage; 12 Genetic Transformation forDeveloping Transgenic Crop Varieties; References; Micropropagation andSomatic Embryogenesis inSugarcane; 1 Micropropagation: AnIntroduction; 2 Micropropagation ofSugarcane: Historical Perspective; 2.1 Micropropagation Through Shoot-Tip Culture; 2.2 Micropropagation Through Apical/Axillary Bud Culture; 2.3 Micropropagation Through Spindle Leaf Segment Culture; 2.4 Micropropagation ofSugarcane forCommercial Plant Production.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Satabir Singh Gosal, Shabir Hussain Wani, editors.
    Summary: During the past 15 years, cellular and molecular approaches have emerged as valuable adjuncts to supplement and complement conventional breeding methods for a wide variety of crop plants. Biotechnology increasingly plays a role in the creation, conservation, characterization and utilization of genetic variability for germplasm enhancement. For instance, anther/microspore culture, somaclonal variation, embryo culture and somatic hybridization are being exploited for obtaining incremental improvement in the existing cultivars. In addition, genes that confer insect- and disease-resistance, abiotic stress tolerance, herbicide tolerance and quality traits have been isolated and re-introduced into otherwise sensitive or susceptible species by a variety of transgenic techniques. Together these transformative methodologies grant access to a greater repertoire of genetic diversity as the gene(s) may come from viruses, bacteria, fungi, insects, animals, human beings, unrelated plants or even be artificially derived. Remarkable achievements have been made in the production, characterization, field evaluation and commercialization of transgenic crop varieties worldwide. Likewise, significant advances have been made towards increasing crop yields, improving nutritional quality, enabling crops to be raised under adverse conditions and developing resistance to pests and diseases for sustaining global food and nutritional security. The overarching purpose of this 3-volume work is to summarize the history of crop improvement from a technological perspective but to do so with a forward outlook on further advancement and adaptability to a changing world. Our carefully chosen "case studies of important plant crops" intend to serve a diverse spectrum of audience looking for the right tools to tackle complicated local and global issues.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Plant Genetic Transformation andTransgenic Crops: Methods andApplications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Making Transgenic Plants; 1.2.1 Gene Transfer Methods inPlants; 1.2.2 Characterization ofPutative Transgenic Plants; 1.2.2.1 Phenotypic Assay; 1.2.2.2 Enzyme Assays; 1.2.2.3 PCR Analysis; 1.2.2.4 Southern Blot Analysis; 1.2.2.5 Western Blot Analysis; 1.2.2.6 Next-Generation Sequencing (NGS) Technologies; 1.2.2.7 Progeny Analysis; 1.2.2.8 Bioassay; 1.3 Engineering Crops forAgronomic Traits. 1.3.1 Development ofInsect-Resistant Plants1.3.1.1 Introduction ofBacterial Gene(s); 1.3.1.2 Introduction ofPlant Gene(s) forInsecticidal Proteins; 1.3.2 Development ofDisease-Resistant Plants; 1.3.2.1 Virus Resistance; Coat Protein-Mediated Resistance (CP-MR); Satellite RNA-Mediated Resistance; Antisense-Mediated Protection; Development ofResistance Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology; 1.3.2.2 Fungal Resistance; Antifungal Protein-Mediated Resistance; Antifungal Compound-Mediated Resistance; 1.3.2.3 Bacterial Resistance; 1.3.3 Development ofHerbicide-Resistant Plants. 1.3.3.1 Transfer ofGene Whose Enzyme Product Detoxifies theHerbicide (Detoxification)1.3.3.2 Transfer ofGene Whose Enzyme Product Becomes Insensitive toHerbicide (Target Modification); 1.3.4 Development ofPlants Resistant toVarious Abiotic Stresses; 1.3.5 Development ofMale Sterile andRestorer Lines forHybrid Seed Production; 1.3.6 Improvement in Nutritional Quality andMolecular Farming/Pharming; 1.3.7 Biosafety Concerns ofTransgenic Plants; References. 2.5 Conclusion andFuture PerspectivesReferences;
    Chapter 3: RNA Interference: APromising Approach forCrop Improvement; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 RNA Interference (RNAi): siRNAs andmiRNAs; 3.3 RNAi forCrop Improvement; 3.3.1 Biotic Stress Resistance; 3.3.2 Abiotic Stress Tolerance; 3.3.3 Increasing Nutritional Value; 3.3.4 Increase inShelf Life ofFruits; 3.3.5 Production ofSeedless Fruits; 3.3.6 Modification ofFlower Color; 3.3.7 Development ofMale Sterile Lines; 3.3.8 Production ofSecondary Metabolites; 3.3.9 Removal ofAllergens fromFood Crops; 3.3.10 Change inPlant Architecture.
    Chapter 2: Virus Induced Gene Silencing Approach: APotential Functional Genomics Tool forRapid Validation ofFunction ofGenes Associated withAbiotic Stress Tolerance inCrop Plants2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Application ofVIGS Technology to Study Function ofGenes Responsive toVarious Abiotic Stresses; 2.2.1 Drought, Salinity, andOsmotic Stress Tolerance; 2.3 Advantages ofUsing VIGS to Study Abiotic Stress Tolerance Mechanisms inCrop Plants; 2.4 Limitations ofVIGS inStudying Abiotic Stress Tolerance Mechanisms andPossible Approaches toOvercome theLimitations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Satbir Singh Gosal, Shabir Hussain Wani, editors.
    Summary: During the past 15 years, cellular and molecular approaches have emerged as valuable adjuncts to supplement and complement conventional breeding methods for a wide variety of crop plants. Biotechnology increasingly plays a role in the creation, conservation, characterization and utilization of genetic variability for germplasm enhancement. For instance, anther/microspore culture, somaclonal variation, embryo culture and somatic hybridization are being exploited for obtaining incremental improvement in the existing cultivars. In addition, genes that confer insect- and disease-resistance, abiotic stress tolerance, herbicide tolerance and quality traits have been isolated and re-introduced into otherwise sensitive or susceptible species by a variety of transgenic techniques. Together these transformative methodologies grant access to a greater repertoire of genetic diversity as the gene(s) may come from viruses, bacteria, fungi, insects, animals, human beings, unrelated plants or even be artificially derived. Remarkable achievements have been made in the production, characterization, field evaluation and commercialization of transgenic crop varieties worldwide. Likewise, significant advances have been made towards increasing crop yields, improving nutritional quality, enabling crops to be raised under adverse conditions and developing resistance to pests and diseases for sustaining global food and nutritional security. The overarching purpose of this 3-volume work is to summarize the history of crop improvement from a technological perspective but to do so with a forward outlook on further advancement and adaptability to a changing world. Our carefully chosen "case studies of important plant crops" intend to serve a diverse spectrum of audience looking for the right tools to tackle complicated local and global issues.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Marker-Assisted Breeding for Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crop Plants; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Steps in Marker-Assisted Selection (MAS); 1.2.1 Selection of Plants with Desired Morphological Traits; 1.2.2 Development of Breeding Population; 1.2.3 Marker-Assisted Selection of Plants with Desired Traits; 1.2.4 Marker Validation; 1.2.5 Correlation with Morphological Traits; 1.3 MAB for Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Major Crop Plants; 1.3.1 Rice; 1.3.2 Wheat; 1.3.3 Maize; 1.3.4 Chickpea; 1.3.5 Common Bean. 1.3.6 Soybean Al Tolerance1.3.7 Pea; 1.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Dynamics of Salt Tolerance: Molecular Perspectives; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Effect of Salinity on Plants; 2.2.1 Germination and Growth; 2.2.2 Effect of Salinity on Photosynthesis and Photosynthetic Pigments; 2.2.3 Water Relation; 2.3 Mechanism of Salt Tolerance; 2.3.1 Tissue Na+ Accumulation as an Indicator of Salt Tolerance; 2.3.2 Na+ Exclusion from Roots; 2.3.3 Sequestration of Na+ into Vacuoles; 2.3.4 Enhanced Tissue Tolerance to High Na+ Concentrations; 2.3.5 Cl ̄Toxicity During Salt Stress. 2.4 Conclusions and Future PerspectivesReferences;
    Chapter 3: Marker-Assisted Breeding for Disease Resistance in Crop Plants; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Benefits of MAS; 3.3 Limits of MAS; 3.4 Case Study of MAS; 3.4.1 SCN Resistance Breeding; 3.5 Marker Discovery; 3.6 Confirmation of Parental Polymorphism; 3.7 High-Throughput Marker Screening; 3.8 Using Marker Data to Inform Selections; 3.9 MAS Considerations; 3.10 Genomic Selection in Crop Breeding; 3.11 Statistics of Prediction Models; 3.12 Factors Affecting Prediction Accuracy; 3.12.1 Training Population Size. 3.12.2 The Extent of LD Between the Markers and the QTL3.12.3 Trait Heritability; 3.12.4 Number of QTL and the Corresponding Effects; 3.13 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Morpho-Physiological Traits and Molecular Intricacies Associated with Tolerance to Combined Drought and Pathogen Stress in Plants; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Morpho-Physiological Traits that Likely Govern Plant Response to Combined Stress; 4.2.1 Cell Membrane Stability; 4.2.2 Leaf Water Potential; 4.2.3 Stomatal Movement; 4.2.4 Root Length; 4.3 Impact of Combined Stress on Other Morpho-Physiological Parameters. 4.3.1 Leaf Area4.3.2 Leaf Greenness; 4.3.3 Canopy Temperature; 4.3.4 Time to Anthesis; 4.4 More Potential Traits: Analysis from Individual Stress Studies; 4.4.1 Trichome Type and Density; 4.4.2 Cuticular Wax Composition; 4.5 Molecular Mechanism Governing Traits Imparting Combined Stress Tolerance in Plants; 4.6 Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 5: Genome Editing for Crop Improvement: Status and Prospects; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Zinc-Finger Nucleases (ZFNs); 5.1.2 Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases (TALENs); 5.1.3 CRISPR/Cas System.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nitish Kumar, editor.
    Summary: The depletion of petroleum-derived fuel and environmental concerns have prompted many millennials to consider biofuels as alternative fuel sources. But completely replacing petroleum-derived fuels with biofuels is currently impossible in terms of production capacity and engine compatibility. Nevertheless, the marginal replacement of diesel with biofuel could delay the depletion of petroleum resources and abate the radical climate change caused by automotive pollutants. Energy security and climate change are the two major driving forces for worldwide biofuel development, and also have the potential to stimulate the agro-industry. The development of biofuels as alternative and renewable sources of energy has become critical in national efforts towards maximum self-reliance, the cornerstone of our energy security strategy. At the same time, the production of biofuels from various types of biomass such as plants, microbes, algae and fungi is now an ecologically viable and sustainable option. This book describes the biotechnological advances in biofuel production from various sources, while also providing essential information on the genetic improvement of biofuel sources at both the conventional and genomic level. These innovations and the corresponding methodologies are explained in detail.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Biofuels: perspective for sustainable development and climate change mitigation
    Chapter 2: Nanoparticles for Sustainable Bioenergy and Biofuel Production
    Chapter 3: Bio-hydrogen: technology developments in microbial fuel cells and their future prospects
    Chapter 4: Recent Advances in Genetic Improvement of Jatropha curcas: a potent biodiesel plant
    Chapter 5: Catalytic approach for production of hydrocarbon rich bio-oil from a red seaweed species
    Chapter 6: Seaweed biomass and microbial lipids as a source of biofuel
    Chapter 7: Microbial Biofuels: an economic and eco-friendly approach
    Chapter 8: Biofuels: sources, modern technology developments and views on bioenergy management
    Chapter 9: Integrating omics and microbial biotechnology for the production of Biofuel
    Chapter 10: An Overview on Biomass of Bamboo as a Source of Bioenergy
    Chapter 11: Advances and challenges in sugarcane biofuel development.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sharad Vats, editor.
    Summary: "This book highlights some of the most important biochemical, physiological and molecular aspects of plant stress, together with the latest updates. It is divided into 14 chapters, written by eminent experts from around the globe and highlighting the effects of plant stress (biotic and abiotic) on the photosynthetic apparatus, metabolites, programmed cell death, germination etc. In turn, the role of beneficial elements, glutathione-S-transferase, phosphite and nitric oxide in the adaptive response of plants under stress and as a stimulator of better plant performance is also discussed. A dedicated chapter addresses research advances in connection with Capsicum, a commercially important plant, and stress tolerance, from classical breeding to the recent use of large-scale transcriptome and genome sequencing technologies. The book also explores the significance of the liliputians of the plant kingdom (Bryophytes) as biomonitors/bioindicators, and general and specialized bioinformatics resources that can benefit anyone working in the field of plant stress biology. Given the information compiled here, the book will offer a valuable guide for students and researchers of plant molecular biology and stress physiology alike"--Print version, page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Plants Stress Responses to Drought: Physiological, Biochemical and Molecular Basis
    Photosynthesis and Abiotic Stress in Plants
    Ecotoxicological effects of insecticides in plants assessed by germination and other phytotoxicity tools
    Variation in Plant Bioactive Compounds and Antioxidant Activities under Salt Stress
    Response of plants to salinity stress and the role of salicylic acid in modulating tolerance mechanisms: physiological and proteomic approach
    The role of beneficial elements in triggering adaptive responses to environmental stressors and improving plant performance
    Plant adaptation to stress conditions: the case of Glutathione S-transferases (GSTs)
    Phosphite as an inductor of adaptive responses to stress and stimulator of better plant performance
    Nitric oxide and reactive oxygen species interactions in plant tolerance and adaptation to stress factors
    Involvement of Reactive Species of Oxygen and Nitrogen in Triggering Programmed Cell Death in Plants
    Progress and prospects in Capsicum breeding for biotic and abiotic stresses
    MicroRNA (miRNA) and Small interfering RNA (siRNA)
    Biogenesis and functions in plants
    Bryomonitoring of Environmental Pollution
    Bioinformatics resources for the stress biology of plants.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Peggy S.M. Hill, Reinhard Lakes-Harlan, Valerio Mazzoni, Peter M. Narins, Meta Virant-Doberlet, Andreas Wessel, editors.
    Summary: This volume is a self-contained companion piece to Studying Vibrational Communication, published in 2014 within the same series. The field has expanded considerably since then, and has even acquired a name of its own: biotremology. In this context, the book reports on new concepts in this fascinating discipline, and features chapters on state-of-the art methods for studying behavior tied to substrate-borne vibrations, as well as an entire section on applied biotremology. Also included are a historical contribution by pioneers in the field and several chapters reviewing the advances that have been made regarding specific animal taxa. Other new topics covered are vibrational communication in vertebrates, multimodal communication, and biotremology in the classroom, as well as in art and music. Given its scope, the book will appeal to all those interested in communication and vibrational behavior, but also to those seeking to learn about an ancient mode of communication.

    Contents:
    Part I. Studying Vibrational Behavior: Ideas, Concepts and History
    Quo Vadis, Biotremology?
    What is Biotremology?
    Biotremology and Sensory Ecology
    Body Tremulations and their Transmission as Vibrations for Short Distance Information Transfer between Ephippiger Male and Female
    Part II. The State of the Field: Concepts and Frontiers in Vibrational Behavior
    Physical Basis of Vibrational Behaviour: Channel Properties, Noise and Excitation Signal
    Copulatory Courtship with Vibrational Signals
    Stinkbugs: Multisensory Communication with Chemical and Vibratory Signals Transmitted Through Different Media
    Part III. Practical Issues in Studying Vibrational Behavior
    Practical Issues in Studying Natural Vibroscape and Biotic Noise
    Automated Vibrational Signal Recognition and Playback
    Part IV. Vibration Detection and Orientation
    Mechanisms of Vibration Detection in Mammals
    Determining Vibroreceptor Sensitivity in Insects: The Influence of Experimental Parameters and Recording Technique
    Directionality in Insect Vibration Sensing: Behavioral Studies of Vibrational Orientation
    Part V. Biology and Evolution of Vibrational Behavior in Some Well-Studied Taxa
    Vibrational Behavior in Elephants
    Seismic Communication in the Amphibia with Special Emphases on the Anura
    Vibrational Communication in Heelwalkers (Mantophasmatodea)
    Vibrational Behavior in Termites (Isoptera)
    Part VI. Applied Biotremology
    Mating Disruption by Vibrational Signals: State of the Field and Perspectives
    Mating Disruption by Vibrational Signals: Applications for Management of the Glassy-winged Sharpshooter
    Can Vibrational Playback Improve Control of an Invasive Stink Bug?
    Vibrational Trapping and Interference with Mating of Diaphorina citri
    Vibrational Behavior in Bark Beetles: Applied Aspects
    Part VII. Outreach and Resources
    Shaking it up in the Classroom: Coupling Biotremology and Active Learning Pedagogy to Promote Authentic Discovery
    Call for the Establishment of a VibroLibrary at the Animal Sound Archive Berlin
    The Arachnid Orchestras: Artistic Research in Vibrational Interspecies Communication
    Bioacoustic Music Inspired by Biotremological Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kostas N. Fountoulakis.
    Summary: This book examines in detail the diagnostic approach to manic depressive (bipolar) illness, with special reference to the borderline zones with unipolar depression and schizoaffective disorder. Among other diagnostic issues considered are mixed episodes (often misdiagnosed by psychiatrists), rapid cycling, and the confusion with personality disorders. Within the context of diagnosis and understanding of the dynamics of bipolar disorder, temperament, character, and personality are all extensively discussed. Neurocognitive deficit and disability are covered, as are elements of evolutionary biology and behavior. With regard to treatment, the major focus is on evidence-based therapy, with reference to the results of randomized controlled trials and meta-analyses; in addition, contemporary guidelines and future trends are examined. Careful consideration is also given to the psychosocial treatment approach and issues relating to societal and economic costs and burdens.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Historical perspective
    Clinical description
    Comorbid conditions
    Classification
    Epidemiology
    Etiopathogenesis (psychodynamic theories, biological models, genetics)
    Etiopathogenesis (psychodynamic theories, biological models, genetics)
    Assessment (psychometric, neuropsychological, scales)
    Therapy
    Biological therapies (separate for mania, depression and maintenance)
    Randomized Controlled Trials (RCTs)
    Meta-analysis
    Open trials
    Review and opinion papers
    Pharmacoepidemiologic data
    Psychosocial therapies
    Treatment guidelines
    Cautions for pharmaceutical treatment in bipolar patients
    Switching to the opposite pole
    Psychogeriatric issues
    Suicidality
    Gender issues
    Pediatric bipolar disorder
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Allan H. Young, Mario F. Juruena, editors.
    Summary: Bipolar disorder is a common, complex and costly mental health disorder, which sits at the heart of the practice of clinical psychiatry. Effective treatments (pharmacological, psychological and brain stimulation based) have all been discovered serendipitously. With the huge advances in basic neuroscience the way is now clear for novel treatments to be developed based on brain science. This book reviews these possibilities.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    The Neurobiology of Bipolar Disorder
    1 Introduction
    2 Neurotransmitters
    2.1 Serotoninergic System
    2.2 Dopaminergic System
    2.3 Norepinephrinergic System
    2.4 GABAergic System
    2.5 Glutamatergic System
    3 Intracellular Signalling
    4 Adenylate Cyclase Signalling Pathway
    5 Neurotrophins and Neurogenesis
    6 Neuroendocrine
    7 Conclusion
    References
    The Role of Stress in Bipolar Disorder
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Activation of Hormonal Systems After Stress
    1.2 Stress Hormone Receptors 2 Stress Hormone Actions on the Brain in Healthy Individuals
    2.1 Cellular Effects of Stress Hormones on Brain Circuits
    2.2 Neuronal Circuits and Cognitive Function
    3 Changes in Stress Responsiveness in Bipolar Disorder
    3.1 Imbalance in the Stress System: Importance of Genetic and (Early) Life History
    3.2 Changes in the HPA Axis in Bipolar Disorder Patients
    4 Changes in Cognitive Function in Bipolar Disorder Related to Stress
    4.1 Time-Dependent Changes in Cognitive Processing Following Stress in BD Patients 3.1.2 Creatine Kinase
    3.1.3 Calcium
    3.1.4 Increased Oxidative Stress
    3.1.5 Neurotransmitters
    3.1.6 Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF)
    3.1.7 NAA
    3.1.8 Bcl-2
    3.2 Mitochondrial Genes
    4 How Conventional Drugs for Bipolar Disorder Relate to Mitochondrial Functioning
    5 Mitochondrial Potential Treatments
    5.1 Likely Beneficial
    5.1.1 PPAR Agonists
    5.1.2 Minocycline
    5.1.3 N-Acetyl-Cysteine (NAC)
    5.1.4 Co-enzyme Q10
    5.1.5 Melatonin
    5.2 Theoretically Beneficial, but No Studies Have Been Published
    5.2.1 Ebselen
    5.2.2 Mangosteen 4.2 Network Function in BP Patients and Individuals at Risk for Psychopathology
    5 Concluding Remarks
    References
    The Role of Genetics in Bipolar Disorder
    1 Introduction: Why Genetics Matters in the Susceptibility to Bipolar Disorder?
    2 Bipolar Disorder Is Heritable: Twin, Adoption, and Family Studies
    3 How Many Genes Modulate the Risk of Bipolar Disorder? Linkage Studies, Candidate Gene Studies, and Genome-Wide Association S...
    4 Genetic Overlap Between Bipolar Disorder and Other Brain Disorders: Disorder-Specific or General Genetic Influences? 5 The Role of Rare Genetic Variants
    6 Gene x Environment Studies
    7 Nongenetic Mechanisms Contributing to the Regulation of Gene Expression: Epigenetics
    8 Current and Future Lines of Research
    9 Conclusion
    References
    Targeting Mitochondrial Dysfunction for Bipolar Disorder
    1 The Mitochondria
    1.1 Mitochondria as an Energy Source
    1.2 Other Functions of Mitochondria
    2 Reactive Oxygen Species and Oxidative Stress
    3 Mitochondria in Bipolar Disorder
    3.1 Possible Mechanisms of Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Bipolar Disorder
    3.1.1 A Shift from OXPHOS to Glycolysis
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Susan W. Lehmann, Brent P. Forester, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jair C. Soares, Consuelo Walss-Bass, Paolo Brambilla.
    Summary: Bipolar Disorder Vulnerability: Perspectives from Pediatric and High-Risk Populations synthesizes our current understanding of high-risk and pediatric populations to aid readers in identifying markers of vulnerability for the development of bipolar disorder, with an ultimate goal of the development of drug targets and other therapies for early diagnosis and treatment. The book provides readers with an understanding of biological and environmental factors influencing disease manifestation that will aid them in defining discrete clinical stages and, importantly, establish an empirical basis for the application of novel therapeutics in a phase of illness during which specific treatments could more effectively alter disease course. Whereas most of the literature available on the pathophysiological mechanisms of bipolar disorder focuses on chronically ill adult individuals, this represents the only book that specifically examines pediatric and high-risk populations. An estimated 30 to 60 percent of adult bipolar disorder patients have their disease onset during childhood, with early-onset cases representing a particularly severe and genetically loaded form of the illness. Highlights diverse translational methodologies, including functional and structural neuroimaging, neuropsychological testing and integrated genomics. Examines molecular trajectories in youth with bipolar disorder and unaffected youth at high risk for developing bipolar disorder. Explores the interaction between genomic and environmental influences that shape behavior
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    2
  • Digital
    José Hernán Sarasola, Juan Manuel Grande, Juan José Negro, editors.
    Summary: This book will provide the state-of-the-art research on topics involved in the ecology and conservation of birds of prey. With chapters authored by the most recognized and prestigious researchers on each of the fields, this book will become an authorized reference volume for raptor biologists and researchers around the world.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    General biology
    1 Recent advances in raptor taxonomy and phylogeny
    2 Breeding and nesting biology
    3 Population ecology of birds of prey
    4 Behavioural ecology of raptors
    5 Raptor migration
    6 Dispersal in raptors
    Section 2
    Raptors in human landscapes
    7 Raptors and people: an ancient relationship persisting today
    8 Conflicts between raptors and humans
    9 Causes and consequences of urban living in raptors
    10 Birds of prey in agricultural landscapes, the role of agriculture expansion and intensification
    11 Toxicology of birds of prey
    12 Lead contamination in birds of prey
    13 Raptors electrocutions and power lines collisions
    14 Impact of renewable energy sources on birds of prey
    15 Use of drone imagery for research and conservation of birds of prey
    Section 3
    Conservation and status of raptors around the world
    16 Distribution models for raptor research and conservation
    17 Conservation genetics in birds of prey
    18 Conservation status of Neotropical raptors
    19 Conservation priorities for raptors across Asia
    20 Conservation of African raptors
    21 Conservation status and threats of New World vultures
    22 Old vultures in a changing environment
    23 Past, present and future of raptors on islands
    24 Raptor conservation in practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anita Kar, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the epidemiology of birth defects and their public health and social implications in India. As neglected childhood disorders, birth defects remain invisible in global maternal and child health dialogues. Birth defects services are emerging in India. This book approaches birth defects from a public health perspective, identifying the core functions of a birth defects service. Keeping in mind the complex task of providing multidisciplinary services for children with disabilities and complex medical conditions, the book examines the basic public health activities that have been put in place to address these conditions in India. The book describes birth defects surveillance and the challenges of acquiring accurate and timely data on birth defects against the background of India's mixed health system. It discusses opportunities for prevention of birth defects and describes the structure and function of an emergent genetic service. It explores issues related to an integrated service for children with special healthcare needs, such as screening, early intervention, and rehabilitation. Furthermore, it describes the impact of these conditions on caregivers, including birth defects stigma. This book not only addresses a knowledge gap in the field of public health in India, but also explores the broader issues of services for children with disabilities and disabling conditions in low and low-middle income settings where access to health care is not universal. Given the depth and breadth of its coverage, the book offers an essential resource for birth defects researchers, researchers in the field of maternal and child health, public health/ global health, disability researchers, and researchers from the fields of rehabilitation sciences, nursing and anthropology. This book will be a valuable read for social medicine/community medicine departments, global health courses, and public health schools in India and other low middle-income countries.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction: Birth Defects and Public Health in Low and Middle-Income Countries
    Contents
    Editor and Contributors
    Abbreviations
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    List of Boxes
    Part I A Public Health Approach
    1 Birth Defects: A Public Health Approach
    The Need for Birth Defects Services in LMICs
    Individual, Health and Social Welfare System Impact
    Magnitude of Congenital Anomalies
    Epidemiological Transition
    A Public Health Framework
    Birth Defect Surveillance
    Prevention of Birth Defects Integrated medical and rehabilitation services
    Other Public Health Activities
    The World Health Assembly Resolution on Birth Defects
    India as an Example of a LMIC
    Socio-demographic and Health Indicators
    Socio-demographic Index and Epidemiological Transition
    Health System
    Maternal and Child Health Services
    References
    2 Some Common Birth Defects
    Section I : Common Congenital Anomalies/Malformations
    Congenital Heart Defects
    Orofacial Clefts
    Spina Bifida and Neural Tube Defects
    Hydrocephalus, Macrocephaly, Microcephaly Clubfoot (Congenital Talipes Equinovarus)
    Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip
    Congenital Limb Defects
    Polydactyly
    Section II : Developmental (Neuromotor) Disabilities
    Intellectual Disability
    Down Syndrome
    Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    Autism Spectrum Disorders
    Cerebral Palsy
    Congenital Hearing Impairment
    Vision Impairment/Blindness
    Section III : Common Single Gene Disorders
    Hemoglobinopathies
    Hemophilia
    Muscular Dystrophy
    Achondroplasia
    Conclusion
    References 3 Thalidomide: Understanding the Responsibilities of a Birth Defects Service
    Thalidomide
    Thalidomide Distribution Across the World
    Thalidomide Embryopathy/Syndrome
    Health and Social Impact of Thalidomide
    Clinical Needs of Children
    Impact of Disability: Schooling
    Impact on Parents
    Health and Welfare Needs with Ageing
    The Response to the Thalidomide Tragedy
    Health and Social Sector Service Response
    Birth Defects Surveillance
    Drug Regulation
    Abortion Legislation
    Compensation and Economic Support
    Regulated Reintroduction of Thalidomide Thalidomide in Developing Countries
    Lessons for a Birth Defects Service
    Zika Virus and the Public Health Response
    Congenital Zika Virus Syndrome
    Public Health Response
    Health System Challenges
    Impact on Families
    References
    Part II Surveillance, Registries and Magnitude
    4 Birth Defects Surveillance in India
    Background
    Birth Defects Surveillance
    Birth Defects Surveillance: Factors Affecting Reporting of Prevalence Data
    Birth Defects Surveillance in LMICs
    Birth Defects Surveillance in India
    Summary and Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, Hideo Matsumura, Tusar Kanti Behera, editors.
    Summary: This book focusing on the bitter gourd genome is the first comprehensive compilation of knowledge on the botany, cytogenetical analysis, genetic resources and diversity, traditional breeding, tissue culture and genetic transformation, whole genome sequencing and comparative genomics in the Cucurbitaceae family. It discusses the biochemical profile of the bioactives present in this horticultural crop, used both as a vegetable and as a medicine, and also addresses sex determination in bitter gourd. Written by respected international experts, the book is useful to students, teachers and scientists in academia, as well as seed companies and pharmaceutical industries.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Botanical descriptions
    Medicinal properties: bioactives and their actions
    Genetic resources and genetic diversity
    Cytogenetical analysis of bitter gourd genome
    Sex determination
    Tissue culture, genetic engineering & nanotechnology
    Classical genetics and traditional breeding
    Molecular linkage mapping: Map construction and mapping of genes/QTLs
    Genome sequence and its comparative study with other Cucurbitaceae genome
    Functional genomics: metabolomics, transcriptomics (including biochemical study of interaction with parasite)
    Future Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Br Inst Radiol 1989-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    v. 23-25, 28, 1989-96, 2005.
    SHELVED UNDER: British journal of radiology. Supplement.
    2
  • Digital
    Ebony Omotola McGee ; foreword by David Omotoso Stovall.
    Summary: "Drawing on narratives from hundreds of Black, Latinx, and Indigenous individuals, Ebony Omotola McGee examines the experiences of underrepresented racially minoritized students and faculty members who have succeeded in STEM. Based on this extensive research, McGee advocates for structural and institutional changes to address racial discrimination, stereotyping, and hostile environments in an effort to make the field more inclusive. Black, Brown, Bruised reveals the challenges that underrepresented racially minoritized students confront in order to succeed in these exclusive, usually all-White, academic and professional realms. The book provides searing accounts of racism inscribed on campus, in the lab, and on the job, and portrays learning and work environments as arenas rife with racial stereotyping, conscious and unconscious bias, and micro-aggressions. As a result, many students experience the effects of a racial battle fatigue--physical and mental exhaustion borne of their hostile learning and work environments--leading them to abandon STEM fields entirely. McGee offers policies and practices that must be implemented to ensure that STEM education and employment become more inclusive including internships, mentoring opportunities, and curricular offerings. Such structural changes are imperative if we are to reverse the negative effects of racialized STEM and unlock the potential of all students to drive technological innovation and power the economy."--Amazon.

    Contents:
    Will white supremacy end America's STEM supremacy?
    The plight of the underrepresented in STEM higher education and workforce
    The stress of success for the underrepresented and minoritized in STEM
    Why justice-oriented STEM is the key to getting and keeping students of color in STEM and, oh yeah, saving our planet, too!
    Evaluating efforts to broaden STEM participation
    Next steps for STEM leadership: practical suggestions.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2020
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Jamila Lyiscott.
    Summary: "Black Appetite. White Food. invites educators to explore the nuanced manifestations of white privilege as it exists within and beyond the classroom. Renowned speaker and author Jamila Lyiscott provides ideas and tools that teachers, school leaders, and professors can use for awareness, inspiration, and action around racial injustice and inequity. Part I of the book helps you ask the hard questions, such as whether your pedagogy is more aligned with colonialism than you realize and whether you are really giving students of color a voice. Part II offers a variety of helpful strategies for analysis and reflection. Each chapter includes personal stories, frank discussions of the barriers you may face, and practical ideas that will guide you as you work to confront privilege in your classroom, campus, and beyond."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    LC196.5.U6 L95 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Mohamed Fawzy Ramadan, editor.
    Summary: Recent developments in the field of nutrition have led to increased interest in herbs and medicinal plants as phytochemical-rich sources for functional food, nutraceuticals, and drugs. As research sheds light on the therapeutic potential of various bioactive phytochemicals, the demand for plant extracts and oils has increased. Black cumin or black seeds (Nigella sativa) have particularly widespread nutritional and medicinal applications. In traditional medicine, black seeds are used to manage fatigue and chronic headache. Black seed oil is used as an antiseptic and analgesic remedy and for treatment of joint's pain and stiffness and can be mixed with sesame oil to treat dermatosis, abdominal disorders, cough, headache, fever, liver ailments, jaundice, sore eyes, and hemorrhoids. Thymoquinone, the main constituent in black seed volatile oil, has been shown to suppress carcinogenesis. Black cumin (Nigella sativa) seeds: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality, and Applications presents in detail the chemical composition, therapeutic properties, and functionality of high-value oils, phytochemicals, nutrients, and volatiles of the Nigella sativa seed. Organized by formulation (seeds, fixed oil, essential oil, and extracts), chapters break this seed down into its chemical constituents and explore their role in the development of pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, novel food, natural drugs, and feed. Following numerous reports on the health-promoting activities of Nigella sativa, this is the first comprehensive presentation of the functional, nutritional, and pharmacological traits of Nigella sativa seeds and seed oil constituents.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to black cumin (Nigella sative): Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
    Section 1. Nigella sative seeds: Cultivation, Composition and Applications
    2. Effect of cultivation, fertilization and irrigation practices on Nigella sative yield and quality
    3. Morphological characters of Nigella sativa
    4. Micro and macroscopic characterization of traded Nigella sativa seeds using applied systematics techniques
    5. Composition of Nigella sativa seeds
    6. Nigella sativa seed peptides (Thionins)
    7. Black cumin polysaccharides
    8. Thymoquinone: Chemistry and cunctionality
    9. Novel Prospective of Nigella sativa Essential Oil Analysis, Culinary and Medicinal Uses
    10. Rediscovering Nigella Seeds Bioactives Chemical Composition using Metabolomics Technologies
    11. Health promoting activities of Nigella sativa seeds
    12. Nigella sativa seed extract in green synthesis and nanocomposite
    13. Food applications of Nigella sative seeds
    14. Nutraceutical importance and applications of Nigella sativa seed flour
    15. Nigella sativa seed cake: nutraceutical significance and applications in the food and cosmetic industry
    16. Nigella sative seeds in cosmetic products
    17. Nigella sativa supplementation in ruminant diets: production, health, and environmental perspectives
    18. Nigella sativa seeds and its derivatives in poultry feed
    19. Nigella sative Seeds and Its Derivatives in Fish Feed
    Section 2: Nigella sative fixed oil: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
    20. Composition and Functionality of Nigella sativa Fixed Oil
    21. Effect of processing on the composition and quality of Nigella sativa fixed oil
    22. Food applications of Nigella sativa Fixed Oil
    23. Health-Promoting Activities of Nigella sativa Fixed Oil
    24. Micro- and Nano-encapsulation of Nigella sativa Oil
    25. Biodiesel Production Potential of Nigella sativa Oil
    Section 3: Nigella sative essential oil: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
    26. Composition and functionality of Nigella sativa essential oil
    27. Effect of processing on the composition and quality of Nigella sativa essential oil
    28. Food applications of Nigella sativa essential oil
    29. Health-promoting activities of Nigella sativa essential oil
    Section 4: Nigella sative seed extracts: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
    30. Composition and Functionality of Nigella sativa Seed Extracts
    31. Nigella sativa seed extracts in functional foods and nutraceutical applications
    32. Health promoting activities of Nigella sativa seed extracts.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Emily Bernard.
    Summary: In these twelve deeply personal, connected essays, Bernard details the experience of growing up black in the south with a family name inherited from a white man, surviving a random stabbing at a New Haven coffee shop while taking graduate studies at Yale, marrying a white man from the north and bring him home to her family, adopting two babies from Ethiopia, and living and teaching in a primarily white New England college town. Each of these essays goes beyond a narrative of black innocence and white guilt and sets out to discover a new way of telling the truth as the author has lived it.

    Contents:
    Beginnings
    Scar tissue
    Teaching the N-word
    Interstates
    Mother on Earth
    Black is the body
    Skin
    White friend
    Her glory
    Motherland
    Going home
    People like me
    Epilogue: my turn.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.97.B337 A3 2019
    1
  • Print
    Marlon James.
    Summary: "Tracker is known far and wide for his skills as a hunter: "He has a nose," people say. Engaged to track down a mysterious boy who disappeared three years earlier, Tracker breaks his own rule of always working alone when he finds himself part of a group that comes together to search for the boy. The band is a hodgepodge, full of unusual characters with secrets of their own, including a shape-shifting man-animal known as Leopard. As Tracker follows the boy's scent -- from one ancient city to another; into dense forests and across deep rivers -- he and the band are set upon by creatures intent on destroying them. As he struggles to survive, Tracker starts to wonder: Who, really, is this boy? Why has he been missing for so long? Why do so many people want to keep Tracker from finding him? And perhaps the most important questions of all: Who is telling the truth, and who is lying? Drawing from African history and mythology and his own rich imagination, Marlon James has written a novel unlike anything that's come before it: a saga of breathtaking adventure that's also an ambitious, involving read. Defying categorization and full of unforgettable characters, Black Leopard, Red Wolf is both surprising and profound as it explores the fundamentals of truth, the limits of power, and our need to understand them both."--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    A dog, a cat, a wolf, and a fox
    Malakin
    One child more than six
    White science and black math
    Here is one oriki
    Death wolf.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PR9265.9.J358 B58 2020
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Abdul Karim Bangura.
    Summary: "In the wake of the murder of George Floyd in Minneapolis, the debate between proponents of Black Lives Matter and All Lives Matter has been reignited. For proponents of Black Lives Matter, the slogan All Lives Matter is not a call for inclusiveness but a criticism of the Black Lives Matter movement. On the other hand, advocates of All Lives Matter insist their slogan is about diversity and colorblindness. The contributors included in Black Lives Matter vs. All Lives Matter: A Multidisciplinary Primer approach the subject from fields as wide ranging as sociology, mathematics, linguistics, business, politics, and psychology, to name a few. This collection adds complexity and international perspectives to the debate, allowing these seemingly simple quarrels over phrasing to be unpacked from many angles. A refreshing variety of looks at one of the defining social movements of the last decade and the reaction to it, this collection will be valuable to those seeking to understand these movements in ways beyond how they are typically framed."-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    General introduction / Abdul Karim Bangura
    Religious perspective / Simon Gisege Omare
    Literary perspective / Saidu Bangura
    Mathematical perspective / Abdul Karim Bangura
    Public administration / policy perspective / Rachael M. Rudolph
    Linguistic perspective / Lilian Achieng' Magonya and Pamela Anyango Oloo
    Sociological perspective / Banson Waiganjo Kanyingi
    Gender and sexuality perspective / Cecy Edijala Balogun
    Economic perspective / Abdul Amin Kamara
    Psychological perspective / Lilian Anyango Olick
    Business perspective / Olumuyiwa Adekunle Kehinde
    Political perspective / Omosefe Oyekanmi
    Juvenile justice perspective / Gerald K. Fosten
    General conclusion / Abdul Karim Bangura.
  • Digital
    Chad Sanders.
    Summary: "When Chad Sanders landed his first job in lily-white Silicon Valley, he quickly concluded that to be successful at work meant playing a certain social game. Each meeting was drenched in white slang and the privileged talk of international travel or folk concerts in San Francisco, which led Chad to believe he needed to emulate whiteness to be successful. So Chad changed. He changed his wardrobe, his behavior, his speech--everything that connected him with his Black identity. And while he finally felt included, he felt awful. So he decided to give up the charade. He reverted back to the methods he learned at the dinner table, or at the Black Baptist church where he'd been raised, or at the concrete basketball courts, barbershops, and summertime cookouts. And it paid off. Chad began to land more exciting projects. He earned the respect of his colleagues. Accounting for this turnaround, Chad believes, was something he calls Black Magic, namely resilience, creativity, and confidence forged in his experience navigating America as a Black man. Black Magic has emboldened his every step since, leading him to wonder: Was he alone in this discovery? Were there others who felt the same? In essays, Chad dives into his formative experiences to see if they might offer the possibility of discovering or honing this skill. He tests his theory by interviewing Black leaders across industries to get their take on Black Magic. Black Magic explores Black experiences in predominantly white environments and demonstrates the risks of self-betrayal and the value of being yourself"--adapted from dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Home and neighborhood
    Grade school : gifted and talented programs, private school, and separation
    College : HBCUs, PWIs, and higher learning
    Work
    Spirit : church, God, and faith.
    Digital Access 2021
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital/Print
    Damon Tweedy, M.D.
    Summary: When Tweedy began medical school, he envisioned a bright future where his segregated, working-class background would become irrelevant. Instead he found himself grappling with race, bias, and the unique health problems of black Americans, and met a professor who bluntly questioned whether he belonged in medical school. In examining the complex ways in which both black doctors and patients must navigate the difficult and often contradictory terrain of race and medicine, he illustrates the complex social, cultural, and economic factors at the root of most health problems in the black community.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Disparities. People like us ; Baby mamas ; Charity care ; Inner-city blues
    Barriers. Confronting hate ; When doctors discriminate ; The color of HIV/AIDS
    Perseverance. Matching ; Doing the right thing ; Beyond race.
    Digital Access 2015
    Limited to 5 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R154.T84 A3 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Akshay Kumar Chakravarthy, editor.
    Summary: Conogethes is a group of moths distributed in Austral-Asian region from India to New Guinea, the Solomon Islands and Australia. The moths are also found in Hawaii and Great Britain. Conogethes is mostly known for the economic impact of its larvae on agricultural crops. Substantial research has been undertaken in order to understand the biology of these harmful insects and to develop strategies to confine their impact. Research on chemical communication between males and females via sex pheromones is in progress. Recent research has also focused on the acoustic communication of Conogethes. The moths can feed on more than 200 plants in diversified habitats. The borer moths have become major pest on Horticultural, Agricultural, Avenue trees and forest trees. Its a pest of Quarantine importance as it has been found in Exportable commodities. The book contains 22 chapters from a dozen countries. The authors are from China, Vietnam, Australia, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, Norway etc. This is the first book on the pest globally where interesting insights are provided. This is one of the book of its kind on single pest dealing with almost all aspects of its biology and management on cultivated crops.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgment; Contents; Editor and Contributors;
    1: Moths of the Genus Conogethes: Taxonomy, Systematics, and Similar Species; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Host Plant Use; 1.3 Systematics and Delimitation; 1.4 Diagnosis; 1.5 Phylogenetic Relationships; References;
    2: Molecular Status of Conogethes spp.: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Biosystematics; 2.3 Molecular Identification; 2.3.1 Conogethes Barcode; 2.4 Japan; 2.5 India; 2.6 China; 2.7 New Zealand; 2.8 Other Molecular Works; References;
    3: Conogethes sahyadriensis: A New Borer on Zingiberaceous Crop Plants from India; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Biosystematics; 3.3 Geographical Distribution and Host Range; 3.4 Molecular Characterization; 3.5 Seasonal Incidence and Crop Loss; 3.6 Mating and Feeding Behaviour; 3.7 Sex Pheromone Components; References;
    4: Status of Shoot and Fruit Borer, Conogethes spp. (Crambidae: Lepidoptera) in Asia: Central, South, and the Southeast; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Afghanistan; 4.3 Bhutan; 4.4 Bangladesh; 4.5 Myanmar; 4.6 Nepal; 4.7 Maldives and Other Islands; 4.8 Networking; 4.9 Future Thrusts; References;
    5: Research Progress of Conogethes punctiferalis (Lepidoptera: Crambidae) in China; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Distribution and Host Range; 5.3 Morphology; 5.4 Occurrence and Damage; 5.5 Host-Plant Interactions; 5.6 Artificial Diet; 5.7 Overwinter and Diapause; 5.8 Wolbachia Infection; 5.9 Genetic Diversity and Gene Flow; 5.10 Molecular Taxonomy; 5.11 Integrated Management; References;
    6: Status of Conogethes punctiferalis (Guenée) in South of Vietnam; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Characteristics of C. punctiferalis (Guenée) in South of Vietnam; 6.2.1 Species of Genus Conogethes in South of Vietnam; 6.2.2 Synonyms; 6.2.3 Host Range; 6.2.4 Morphological Characteristics; 6.2.5 Biological Characteristics; 6.2.6 Natural Enemies; 6.3 Status of Conogethes punctiferalis (Guenée) on Crops in South Vietnam; 6.3.1 Durian; 6.3.1.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.1.2 Management; 6.3.2 Guava; 6.3.2.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.2.2 Management; 6.3.3 Longan; 6.3.3.1 Damage Characteristics; 6.3.3.2 Management; 6.3.4 Rambutan; 6.3.4.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.4.2 Management; 6.3.5 Soursop; 6.3.5.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.5.2 Management; 6.3.6 Ginger; 6.3.6.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.6.2 Management; References;
    7: Status of Shoot and Fruit Borer, Conogethes punctiferalis, in Sri Lanka; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Life History; 7.3 Host Plant and Nature of Damage; 7.4 Conogethes on Teak; 7.5 Conogethes on Zingiberaceae; 7.6 Conogethes on Fruit Crops; 7.7 Management Practices; References;
    8: Status and Management of Conogethes spp. in Malaysia; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Key Species; 8.3 Biogeography; 8.4 Host Range; 8.5 Economic Importance; 8.6 Bioecology; 8.7 Seasonality; 8.8 Management; References
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Editor Don K. Nakayama ; principal contributors Peter J. Kernahan, Edward E. Cornwell.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R695 .B53 2021
    1
  • Digital
    James H. Cone.
    Summary: "The classic text in black theology, with a new foreword by Peter J. Paris and a new afterword by Kelly Brown Douglas"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2020
  • Digital
    Richard Allen Williams.
    Summary: This socially conscious, culturally relevant book explores the little-known history and present climate of Black people in the medical field. It reveals the deficiencies in the American healthcare structure that have contributed to the mismanagement of healthcare in the Black population, and examines cross-currents that intersect with the major events in minority medical history. Illustrated across 10 expertly written chapters, this text features a longitudinal timeline with the presentation of evidence-based information drawn from historical, political, and clinical sources. The book begins with an analysis of diseases particularly prevalent in the Black community due to socioeconomic inequalities in available medical care. These diseases include sickle cell anemia, hypertension, heart failure, drug addiction, and HIV/AIDS. Bolstered by profiles of historically well-known Black physicians, stories of success in medical education, and the remarkable impact of Black medical organizations, subsequent chapters address the triumphs and tribulations of the Black medical professional in America. Concluding with an examination of the current health status of Black people in the United States, the book makes a case for future systemic improvements in healthcare delivery to minority communities. A unique, noteworthy reference, Blacks in Medicine: Clinical, Demographic, and Socioeconomic Correlations is written for a broad range of physicians and health providers, as well as professionals in the social sciences and public health.

    Contents:
    Ancient History as a Backdrop to Black Medical History
    Beginning of Transoceanic Slave Transport
    Initiation of the Transatlantic Slave Trade Between Africa and America
    Poor Medical Treatment of Slaves and Its Consequences
    Emergence of the First Black Doctors Trained in Medical Schools
    Beginning of Black Medical Autonomy and Self-Determination
    Destructive Effects of Discrimination and Institutional Racism
    Extreme Medical Hardship Period
    Development of Social Welfare
    Development of Healthcare Reform.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Karen Helton Rhodes, Alexander H. Werner.
    Contents:
    Sect.1: Basics
    1. Epidermis in Clinical Dermatology
    2. Lesion Description/Terminology
    3. Diagnostic Culture and Identification (Bacterial and Fungal)
    4. Obtaining a Diagnostic Biopsy
    5. Practical Cytology
    6. Symptom Checker (Lesional and Regional Dermatoses)
    7. Antibiotic Stewardship and Emerging Resistant Bacterial Infections
    Sect. 2: Diseases/Disorders
    8. Acne (Canine and Feline)
    9. Anal Furunculosis/Perianal Fistula
    10. Anal Sac Disorders
    11. Atopic Disease
    12. Autoimmune Blistering Diseases
    13. Bacterial Pyoderma
    14. Behavioral or Self-Injurious Dermatoses
    15. Biting and Stinging Insects
    16. Contact Dermatitis
    17. Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reaction, Erythema Multiforme, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome, and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
    18. Cutaneous Adverse Food Reactions
    19. Demodicosis (Canine and Feline)
    20. Dermatomyositis, Canine Familial
    21. Dermatophytosis
    22. Endocrinopathies, Atypical
    23. Eosinophilic Disease (Granuloma) Complex
    24. Epitheliotropic (Cutaneous) Lymphoma
    25. Histiocytic Proliferative Disorders
    26. Hyperadrenocorticism, Canine
    27. Hyperadrenocorticism, Feline Skin Fragility Syndrome
    28. Hypothyroidism
    29. Keratinization (Cornification) Disorders
    30. Leishmaniasis: Protozoan Dermatitis
    31. Lupus Erythematosus
    32. Malassezia Dermatitis
    33. Mast Cell Tumors
    34. Mycobacterial Infections
    35. Mycoses, Deep
    36. Nocardiosis and Actinomycosis
    37. Otitis Externa, Media, and Interna
    38. Panniculitis
    39. Photodermatoses
    40. Pododermatitis and Claw Disorders
    41. Pre- and Paraneoplastic Syndromes
    42. Sarcoptid Mites
    43. Sebaceous Adenitis, Granulomatous
    44. Sporotrichosis
    45. Superficial Necrolytic Dermatitis
    46. Tumors, Common Skin and Hair Follicle
    47. Uveodermatologic Syndrome
    48. Vasculitis
    49. Viral Dermatoses
    50. Zoonosis 727-730
    A. Canine Genodermatoses
    B. Drug Formulary.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Ashish M. Kamat, Peter C. Black, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical, comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of bladder cancer. A valuable resource for anyone with an interest in urothelial tumors, this text brings together a multidisciplinary team of experts who have distilled their vast years of experience and knowledge into a concise, easy to digest format. Topics covered range from importance of a pattern recognition in diagnosis and pathologic evaluation to How I do it? tips on patient selection for appropriate therapies such as chemotherapy, immunotherapy, surgery and radiation. Bridging the gap between a traditional textbook and hands-on experience, this book provides a practical guide to managing day-to-day issues and challenges and brings an algorithmic approach to avoid common pitfalls. Bladder Cancer: A Practical Guide provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field of bladder cancer treatment, guiding patient management and stimulating investigative efforts.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Patient Evaluation
    Screening
    Evaluation for Signs and Symptoms
    Cystoscopy Inc
    Using Urine Markers
    Risk Stratification
    Assessment/Management of Frailty
    Section 2: TURBT (Tumor Resection)
    Indications
    Patient Preparation
    Surgical Technique
    Peri-operative Care
    Management of Common Complications
    Pathologist Assessment and Report
    Oncologic Monitoring
    Section 3: Adjvuant Intravesical Therapy
    Introduction: Choice of Therapy
    BCG
    Chemo
    Device Assisted
    Intravesical Salvage Therapy
    Section 4: Radical Cystectomy
    Indications
    Patient Preparation
    Surgical Technique
    Peri-operative Care
    Management of Common Complications
    Pathologist Assessment and Report
    Oncologic Monitoring
    Section 5: Urinary Diversion
    Incontinent
    Continent Cutaneous
    Orthotopic Neobladder
    Section 6: Peri-operative Chemotherapy
    Neoadjuvant
    Adjuvant
    Section 7: Trimodal Therapy (Radiation)
    Indications
    Patient Preparation
    Concomitant Chemo
    External Beam Radiation
    Management of Recurrence
    Section 8: Systemic Therapy for Advanced Bladder Cancer
    Chemotherapy
    Immunotherapy
    Novel Therapies
    Section 9: Managing Variant Histology
    Squamous/Glandular Differentiation
    Micropapillary
    Sarcomatoid
    Small Cell/Neuroendocrine
    Other
    Squamous
    Adenocarcinoma
    Section 10: Clinical Trials in Bladder Cancer: Practical Pearls
    Bladder Cancer Disease States
    NMIBC
    Metastatic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alan J. Wein, Karl-Erik Andersson, Marcus J. Drake, Roger R. Dmochowski, editors.
    Summary: Bladder Dysfunction in the Adult: The Basis for Clinical Management succinctly describes all that the healthcare professional needs to know when treating lower urinary tract symptoms. The book describes how to assess and treat every group of patients likely to be affected with bladder problems, and the underlying mechanisms responsible. Women with stress incontinence, men with enlarged prostates, people with neurological disease and the elderly are all discussed in particular detail. For all professionals treating or learning to treat patients with urinary storage or voiding problems, the concise presentation and thorough coverage provides treatment recommendations and clear explanations. Authored by recognized experts in their respective fields, Bladder Dysfunction in the Adult: The Basis for Clinical Management is a comprehensive resource that allows the reader to develop the knowledge, understanding, and confidence to deal with the many clinical challenges of bladder dysfunction.

    Contents:
    Relevant Anatomy Physiology and Pharmacology
    Normal and Abnormal Function: An Overview
    The Impact of Neurologic Insult on the Lower Urinary Tract
    Dysfunction in Anatomic Outlet Obstruction in Men
    Outlet Obstruction in Women
    Bladder Pain Syndrome
    Other Varieties of Dysfunction
    Evaluation: History and Physical Examination; Imaging; Endoscopy
    Urodynamics
    Special Tests
    Behavioral Therapy
    Urinary Catheters and Other Devices
    Current Pharmacologic Treatment of Lower Urinary Tract Syndromes
    Electrical Stimulation and Neuromodulation
    Surgery for Bladder Outlet Obstruction in the Male
    Surgery for Stress Urinary Incontinence and Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Surgery for Neuropathic Bladder Dysfunction
    Urinary Diversion
    Tissue Engineering for Neurogenic Bladder
    Considerations in Older People
    Adolescent Urology and Transitional Care
    The Psychological Impact of Lower Urinary Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ignacio Blanco.
    Contents:
    Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Serpins and serpinopathies
    Alpha-1 antitrypsin biology
    Alpha-1 antitrypsin gene, genetic heritage, phenotypes, and genotypes
    Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Genetic epidemiology
    Laboratory diagnosis
    Clinical diagnosis
    Liver disease associated with Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Respiratory manifestations of the Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Other diseases associated with Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Clinical management and treatment of lung disease
    Registries and patients' associations
    Current research and future perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    S. Chandra Nayaka, Rajashekara Hosahatti, Ganesh Prakash, C. Tara Satyavathi, Rajan Sharma, editors.
    Summary: Blast is an important foliar disease that infects the majority of cereal crops like rice, finger millet, pearl millet, foxtail millet and wheat, and thus results in a huge economic impact. The pathogen is responsible for causing epidemics in many crops and commonly shifts to new hosts. Magnaporthe spp. is the most prominent cause of blast disease on a broad host range of grasses including rice as well as other species of Poaceae family. To date, 137 members of Poaceae hosting this fungus have been described in fungal databases. This book provides information on all blast diseases of different cereal crops. The pathogen evolves quickly due to its high variability, and thus can quickly adapt to new cultivars and cause an epidemic in a given crop. Some of the topics covered here include historical perspectives, pathogen evolution, host range shift, cross-infectivity, and pathogen isolation, use of chemicals fungicides, genetics and genomics, and management of blast disease in different cereal crops with adoption of suitable methodologies. In the past two decades there have been significant developments in genomics and proteomics approaches and there has been substantial and rapid progress in the cloning and mapping of R genes for blast resistance, as well as in comparative genomics analysis for resolving delineation of Magnaporthe species that infect both cereals and grass species. Blast disease resistance follows a typical gene-for-gene hypothesis. Identification of new Avr genes and effector molecules from Magnaporthe spp. can be useful to understand the molecular mechanisms involved in the fast evolution of different strains of this fungal genus. Advances in these areas may help to reduce the occurrence of blast disease by the identification of potential R genes for effective deployment. Additionally, this book highlights the importance of blast disease that infects different cereal hosts in the context of climate change, and genomics approaches that may potentially help in understanding and applying new concepts and technologies that can make real impact in sustainable management of blast disease in different cereal crops.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Blast Disease: Historical Importance, Its Distribution, and Host Infectivity Across Cereal Crops
    Recent Advances in Blast Rice Disease
    The Blast-A Major Malady in Neutricereals in Southeast Asia
    Utilizing Host-Plant Resistance to Combat Blast Disease in Rice
    Microconidia: Understanding Its Role in the Rice Blast Fungus Magnaporthe oryzae
    Finger Millet Blast Pathogen Diversity and Management in Uttarakhand
    Finger Millet Blast (Magnaporthe grisea): Current Scenario and Its Integrated Disease
    Advances in Genetics, Genomics for Management of Blast Diseases in Cereal Crops
    Wheat Blast Management: Prospects and Retrospective
    Scenario of Blast Diseases in the Eastern Region of India
    Chemicals in the Management of Blast Disease of Rice
    Magnaporthe Genome: Lessons Learnt and the Way Forward
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Anthony M.J. Bull, Jon Clasper, Peter F. Mahoney, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic Science and Engineering
    1. The fundamentals of blast physics
    2. Biomechanics in blast
    3. Behaviour of materials
    4. Blast Loading of Cells
    5. Biological Tissue Response
    Part 2. Weapon Effects and the Human
    6. Blast Injury Mechanism
    Section 3. Principles of Investigating and Modelling Blast and Blast Mitigation
    7. The examination of post-blast scenes
    8. Clinical Forensic Investigation of the 2005 London Suicide Bombings
    9. Modelling the blast environment and relating this to clinical injury- Experience from the 7/7 Inquest
    10. The mortality review panel: a report on the deaths on operations of UK Service personnel 2002-2013
    11. Physical Models- Tissue Simulants.-12. Physical Models- Organ models for primary blast
    13. In Vivo Models of blast injury
    14. Modelling Blast brain injury
    15. Military wound ballistics base study: Development of a Skull/Brain Model
    16. Surrogates of human injury
    17. Computational methods in continuum mechanics
    18. Energised fragments: bullets and fragment simulating projectiles
    Part 4. Applications of blast injury research: Solving clinical problems
    19. Coagulopathy and inflammation: an overview of blast effects
    20. Foot and Ankle Blast Injuries
    21. Traumatic Amputation
    22. Testing and development of mitigation systems for tertiary blast
    23. Pelvic blast injury
    24. Behind Armour blunt trauma (BABT)
    25. Blast Injury to the Spine
    26. Primary Blast Lung Injury
    27. Regional effec ts of explosive devices: The neck
    28. Optimising the anatomical coverage provided by military body Armour systems
    29. Blast injuries of the Eye
    30. Hearing damage through blast
    31. Peripheral Nerve Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Anthony M.J. Bull ; Jon Clasper ; Peter F. Mahoney, editors ; Alison H. McGregor, Spyros D. Masouros, Arul Ramasamy, section editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a comprehensive multi-disciplinary resource on blast injuries. It features detailed information on the basic science, engineering, and medicine associated with blast injuries. Clear, easy to understand descriptions of the basic science are accompanied by case studies of a variety of clinical problems including heterotopic ossification, hearing damage, and traumatic brain injury, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to appropriately apply the relevant science into their clinical practice. The use of prosthetics, orthotics and osseointegration in rehabilitation is also covered. Blast Injury Science and Engineering: A Guide for Clinicians and Researchers is a valuable interdisciplinary text primarily focused towards clinical medical professionals and trainees seeking to develop a thorough understanding of injury mechanisms, and the latest treatment techniques. In addition, this resource is of use to individuals in other fields whose work centres around blast injury science such as injury mitigation researchers, military scientists and engineers.

    Contents:
    Preface: A history of blast injury science and engineering
    Part I Basic science and engineering
    Part II Weapons effects and forensics
    Part III Clinical problems
    Part IV Modelling blast and blast mitigation
    Part V Application and innovation
    Part VI Rehabilitation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Robert J. Kurman, Lora Hedrick Ellenson and Brigitte M. Ronnett, eds.
    Springer Nature eReference.
    Summary: Since the publication of the 1/e in 1977, Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract has consolidated its position as the leading textbook of gynecological pathology. An essential reference for all pathologists and residents, this thoroughly updated Seventh Edition includes more than 1400 illustrations in color, informative tables and 22 revised chapters written by internationally recognized experts. Discussion of each specific entity is organized to include general information, etiology, and epidemiology followed by clinical features, pathologic findings, differential diagnosis, clinical behavior, and treatment. This clear organization is applied throughout the book and allows the reader to quickly access key information in every chapter. Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract remains the gold-standard reference for practicing pathologists and trainees, as well as for obstetric/gynecology practitioners and residents.

    Contents:
    Benign Diseases of the Vulva
    Premalignant and Malignant Tumors of the Vulva
    Diseases of the Vagina
    Benign Diseases of the Cervix
    Precancerous Lesions of the Cervix
    Carcinoma and Other Tumors of the Cervix
    Benign Diseases of the Endometrium
    Precursor Lesions of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Endometrial Carcinoma
    Mesenchymal Tumors of the Uterus
    Diseases of the Fallopian Tube and Paratubal Region
    Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Ovary
    Diseases of the Peritoneum
    Surface Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary
    Sex Cord-Stromal, Steroid Cell, and Other Ovarian Tumors with Endocrine, Paraendocrine and Paraneoplastic Manifestations
    Germ Cell Tumors of the Ovary
    Nonspecific Tumors of the Ovary Including Mesenchymal Tumors
    Metastatic Tumors of the Ovary
    Diseases of the Placenta
    Gestational Trophoblastic Tumors and Related Tumor-like Lesions
    Hematologic Neoplasms and Selected Tumor-Like Lesions
    Soft Tissue Lesions Involving Female Reproductive Organs. /p>.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jordi Vallverdú, Vincent C. Müller, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume is about how unprejudiced approaches to real human cognition can improve the design of AI. It covers many aspects of human cognition and across 12 chapters the reader can explore multiple approaches about the complexities of human cognitive skills and reasoning, always guided by experts from different but complimentary academic fields. A central concept is explained: blended cognition, the natural skill of human beings for combining constantly different heuristics during their several task-solving activities. Something that was sometimes observed like a problem as "bad reasoning", is now the central key for the understanding of the richness, adaptability and creativity of human cognition. The topic of this book connects in a significant way with the disciplines of psychology, neurology, anthropology, philosophy, logics, engineering, logics, and AI. In a nutshell: understanding better humans for designing better machines. Any person with interests on natural and artificial reasoning should read this book as a primary source of inspiration and a way to achieve a critical thinking on these topics.

    Contents:
    Preface Blended Cognition Vincent C. Müller & Jordi VallverdúPhilosophy 1. Blended cognition. The robotic challenge Jordi Vallverdú2. Manipulative Abduction, External Semiotic Anchors, and Blended Cognition Lorenzo Magnani3. Practical Reasoning in the Deliberations of an Intelligent Autonomous Agent Douglas Walton4. Blended Automation: The Language-Game of Psychoanalytic Automatism and Cybernetic Automata Vassilis GalanosEngineering 5. Can our Robots rely on an Emotionally Charged Vision-for- Action? An Embodied Model for Neurorobotics Gabriele Ferretti & Eris Chinellato6. Modeling psycho-emotional states via neurosimulation of monoamine neuro-Transmitters Max Talanov, Alexey Leukhin, Fail Gafarov & Jordi Vallverdú7. Towards Conversation Envisioning for Cognitive Robots Maryam Sadat Mirzaei, Qiang Zhang, Stef van der Struijk & Toyoaki NishidaPsychology 8. The blending of human and autonomous-machine cognition Robert Earl Patterson and Robert G. Eggleston (USAF)9. Heuristics of Numerical Choice in Economic Contexts Kay-Yut Chen & Daniel S. Levine Anthropology 10. Towards autonomous artificial agents? Proposal for a naturalistic activity-based model of (artificial) life
    Corentin Chanet & David Eubelen Logics 11. Toward a Logic of Everyday Reasoning Pei Wang Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Asim V. Farooq, James J. Reid, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive overview of blepharitis that covers various the definitions and types of blepharitis. It meets the market need for a comparable book on this topic that recognizes blepharitis as being both a common diagnosis and a challenging condition to treat. Concise and unique, chapters are clinically focused, provide an equal focus on surgical management as well as on medical management of this condition. The book concludes with a look at future directions in the field as they pertain to the diagnosis, clinical treatment, and management of blepharitis. Blepharitis is an invaluable reference written specifically for comprehensive ophthalmologists, cornea and external disease specialists, residents, fellows, and optometrists.

    Contents:
    1. Anterior Blepharitis
    2. Posterior Blepharitis
    3. Local and Systemic Associations
    4. Diagnostic Tools
    5. Sebaceous Carcinoma: Masquerade Syndrome
    6. Medical Management of Blepharitis
    7. Procedural Management
    8. Blepharitis: Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Rudolfo Anaya ; foreword by Erika L. Sánchez ; introduction by Rudolfo Anaya.
    Summary: "Antonio Marez is six years old when Ultima comes to stay with his family in New Mexico. Ultima is a curandera, one who cures with herbs and magic. Under her wise wing, Tony will probe the family ties that bind and rend him as he discovers himself in the magical secrets of the pagan past-a mythic legacy as palpable as the Catholicism of Latin America. And at each life turn, there is Ultima, who delivered Tony into the world . . . and will nurture the birth of his soul."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3551.N27 B58 2022
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Gerald McDonnell, Joyce M. Hansen.
    Summary: "Infection control and concerns about spread of disease date back to ancient times: early Greek, Roman, and Biblical texts outline strict dietary guidelines, quarantines for people with leprosy, and instructions for returning soldiers to burn equipment and clothes. Aristotle instructed Alexander the Great to require his armies to boil their drinking water. Today, concerns about drug resistance (eg: farmed fish as a source of antibiotic resistance; drug-resistant tuberculosis; drug-resistant bacteria on endoscopes) dominate news headlines and command serious research and industry investment.Seymour S Block's Disinfection, Sterilization, and Preservation was first published in 1968, and is considered to be the gold standard for those involved with technologies or products dependent on preservatives, sterilization or disinfection. The various sections and detailed chapters of the book include introductions, fundamental principles of activity, chemical types of disinfectants/sterilants, controls of particular types of microorganisms, physical disinfection/sterilization technologies, medical & health related applications, test methodologies, and miscellaneous other topics. The last edition was published in 2000, and since that time much has changed in our understanding of the risks, the technologies available, and the regulatory environments in the practical applications of these technologies. Additionally, focus has somewhat shifted from "how to kill it" to "how to prevent it" A new edition, discussing new understandings of microbes and how to manage them through disinfection and prevention is necessary. Dr. Block has passed away, but he has several colleagues and previous contributors who are desirous of carrying the mantle of this important title. The proposed editors are well respected in the area, with backgrounds in the antimicrobial control of infection risks; one of the editors has a greater background in the medical application of technologies and the other for industrial applications, offering a nice balance"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Arunangshu Chakraborty, editor.
    Summary: This is a highly informative and carefully presented book for trainees and postgraduate students of anaesthesiology as well as practicing clinicians. This book aims to help them in selecting and implementing the most suitable regional block in each clinical scenario and successfully use the techniques of ultrasound-guided regional anaesthesia (USRA) in their practice. This book covers basics of ultrasound imaging, anatomical aspects and techniques of all nerve blocks that are commonly used in clinical practice in a lucid and illustrated presentation. Regional anaesthesia can be a safe alternative to general anaesthesia. When combined with general anaesthesia, it can provide excellent postoperative analgesia too. With the advent of ultrasound, the scope, safety and reliability of regional anaesthesia has expanded manifold. However, there is a lack of formal clinical training in regional anaesthesia in most of the anaesthesia postgraduate curricula and this book intends to bridge this gap. The book serves as a useful resource to the anaesthetist; trainee or practitioner who wants to master the nerve blocks.

    Contents:
    Basics of ultrasound guided regional anaesthesia
    Blocks in upper limbs
    Blocks for lower limbs
    Truncal blocks
    Neuraxial blocks
    Pediatric Regional Anaesthesia
    Recent advances
    Safety and ergonomics and education.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Richard T. Maziarz, Susan Schubach Slater, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This updated and expanded edition developed by the Blood and Marrow Stem Cell Transplant team at Oregon Health & Science University Knight Cancer Institute features the latest medical management guidelines and standards of care for hematopoietic stem cell transplant and cellular therapy patients. Spanning the timeline from the initial consultation throughout the transplant process, this handbook begins by providing a general overview of stem cell transplantation and goes on to outline disease-specific indications for stem cell transplantation. It then focuses on transplant complications and ongoing care, and finally explores cellular therapies for hematologic malignancies. Comprehensive and easy-to-use, Blood and Marrow Transplant Handbook: Comprehensive Guide for Patient Care, Third Edition presents a multidisciplinary approach to information for physicians and advanced practice medical providers as well as residents, fellows, and other trainees who care for patients who undergo transplant and immune effector cell therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Bipin N. Savani.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Bipin N. Savani
    Overview : transplant data and increasing numbers of long-term survivors / Jakob R. Passweg and Helen Baldomero
    Long-term transplant clinic setup / Andre Tichelli ... [et al.]
    Late effects after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Sairah Ahmed and Yago Nieto
    Late effects after autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Sairah Ahmed and Yago Nieto
    Graft-versus-host disease and late effects after hematopoetic stem cell transplantation / Gerard Socie
    Prominent role of allied health professionals (nurse practitioners, physician assistants, others) in long term follow-up after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Catherine E. Lucid
    Screening and prevention guidelines for hematopoietic cell transplant survivors / Navneet S. Majhail and j. Douglas Rizzo
    Secondary malignancies : prevalence, screening, prevention, and management guidelines / Paolo F. Caimi and Hillard M. Lazarus
    Cutaneous chronic graft-versus-host disease / Attilio Olivieri ... [et al.]
    Anti-infective prophylaxis, immunization and prevention of recurrent infectious complications in long-term survivors / John P. Galvin and Jayesh Mehta
    Seasonal virus infections : prevention and management guidelines / Gaurav Trikha and John R. Wingard
    Exposure to family members : infections and recent live vaccinations / Brian G. Engelhardt and James E. Crowe, Jr.
    Late pulmonary complications after allogeneic hematopietic stem cell transplantation : bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome (BOS) and organizing pneumonia (OP) / Lee Gazourian ... [et al.]
    Post-transplantation bone disease : prevalence, monitoring, prevention and management guidelines / Andre Tichelli and Alicia Rovo
    Ocular complications : prevalence, monitoring, prevention, and management guidelines / Andre Tichelli and Alicia Rovo
    Oral complications in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation survivors : monitoring and management / Andrea L. Utz and Shubhada Jagasia
    Fertility issues, contraception, and pregnancy outcome in long-term survivors / Alicia Rovo ... [et al.]
    Follow-up of children after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation : growth and development / Kristina K. Hardy ... [et al.]
    Posttransplant diabetes mellitus : monitoring, prevention, and management guidelines / Prathima Jasti, Shichun Bao, and Shubhada Jagasia
    Thyroid disease : monitoring and mangement guidelines / M. Kathleen Figaro ... [et al.]
    Special issues related to female long-term survivors / Melissa A. Merideth ... [et al.]
    Cardiac and vascular complications in long-term survivors after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Alicia Rovo and Andre Tichelli
    Hyperlipidemia : prevalence, monitoring, management, interactions with immunosuppressive agents and follow-up / Dara L. Eckerle Mize, Shubhada Jagasia, and Jeffrey B. Boord
    Hypertension management in long-term survivors / Imad Abboud
    Gastrointestinal complications of hematopoietic cell transplantation / Preet Bagi ... [et al.]
    Hepatic complications of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Niharika Samala ... [et al.]
    Monitoring and management of hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and HIV infection before and after transplantation / Keith Luckett and Stephen Dummer
    Prevention and management of renal complications in long-term survivors / Michael Dickenmann and Joerg P. Halter
    Immunosuppressive agents and monitoring in long-term survivors / Paul Shaughnessy and Helen Leather
    Nutritional assessments and nutritional supplementation for long-term transplant survivors : multivitamins, vitamin D, Calcium, antioxidants, and minerals / Lauren Zatarain ... [et al.]
    Daily routines and guidelines : driving, infection isolation, masks, food/diet, activities, exercise, pets, sun exposures, and others / Angela M. Woods
    Caregivers of long-term survivors / Elizabeth Wulff-Burchfield
    Health-related quality of life in adult and pediatric survivors of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Margaret Bevans and Lori Wiener
    Prevalent psychosocial adjustment issues nd solutions : lifestyle and social challenges / Katrina M. Stokes
    Patient's perspective : concepts of long-term survivor support groups and their roles / Michael W. Brown
    Appendix 1 NMDP/Be the match posttransplant guidelines resources / Darlene Haven
    Appendix 2 Long-term follow-up calendar / Andre Tichelli ... [et al.]
    Appendix 3 Commonly used transplant-related medications in long-term survivors / Melissa Logue.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Bipin N Savani, André Tichelli.
    Summary: "Hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT) provides curative therapy for a variety of diseases. Over the past several decades, significant advances have been made in the field of HCT and now HCT has become an integral part of treatment modality for a variety of hematologic malignancies and some nonmalignant diseases. HCT remains an important treatment option for a wide variety of hematologic and nonhematologic disorders, despite recent advances in the field of immunologic therapies. Factors driving this growth include expanded disease indications, greater donor options (expanding unrelated donor registries and haploidentical HCT), and accommodation of older and less fit recipients. The development of less toxic pretransplant conditioning regimens, more effective prophylaxis of graft-versus-host disease (GVHD), improved infection control, and other advances in transplant technology have resulted in a rapidly growing number of transplant recipients surviving long-term free of the disease for which they were transplanted. The changes over decades in the transplant recipient population and in the practice of HCT will have almost inevitably altered the composition of the long-term survivor population over time. Apart from an increasingly older transplant recipient cohort, the pattern of transplant indications has shifted from the 1990s when chronic myeloid leukemia made up a significant proportion of allo-HCT indications. Changes in cell source, donor types, conditioning regimens, GVHD prophylaxis, and supportive care have all occurred, with ongoing reductions in both relapse and non-relapse mortality (NRM) have been demonstrated"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    Tibor J. Greenwalt, Edwin A. Steane, section editors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB37 .C184
    3
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Ruth Lyck, Gaby Enzmann.
    Summary: Within the central nervous system (CNS) the constantly changing blood stream is separated from the CNS parenchyma by the blood brain barrier (BBB) restricting passage to selected immune cells. Under pathological conditions, however, viruses, bacteria, parasites and autoaggressive immune cells can penetrate the barrier and contribute to CNS inflammation. The BBB actively contributes to neuroinflammation by presentation of chemokines, expression of cell adhesion molecules and alteration of barrier properties. As such, understanding the role of the BBB under healthy and pathological conditions is essential for the development of new drugs to efficiently combat inflammatory diseases of the CNS. This book presents a comprehensive collection of reviews that focus on the role of the BBB. Experts in the field share their insight on structural, topological and functional properties of the BBB. They elaborate on pathophysiological changes of the inflamed BBB such as permeability, transporter proteins and alterations in microRNAs and cytokine profile. Additional chapters on multiple sclerosis and bacterial meningitis provide in depth information on significant neuroinflammatory diseases. The selection is complemented by a review on the current understanding of the BBB as signaling hub in tumor pathogenesis in the brain.

    Contents:
    General Introduction to Barrier Mechanisms in the Central Nervous System
    Topological Aspects of the Blood-brain and Blood cerebrospinal Fluid Barriers and their Relevance in Inflammation Research
    The Contribution of the Extracellular Matrix to the BBB in Steady State and Inflammatory Conditions
    Pathophysiology of the Bloodbrain Barrier in Neuroinflammatory Diseases
    Leakage at Blood-neural Barriers
    Blood-Brain Barrier Transporters and Neuroinflammation: Partners in Neuroprotection and in Pathology
    MicroRNAs in Brain Endothelium and Inflammation
    Blood-Brain Barrier Dysfunction during Central Nervous System Autoimmune Diseases
    Pathways Across the Blood Brain Barrier
    Neuroinflammation in Bacterial Meningitis
    Blood Vessels in the Brain: a Signaling Hub in Brain Tumor Inflammation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP375.5 .B56 2017
    1
  • Digital
    John G. Toffaletti, Craig R. Rackley.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Michel E. Safar, Michael F. O'Rourke, Edward D. Frohlich, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Blood Pressure: Basic Concepts of Steady and Pulsatile Arterial Hemodynamics
    1. Arterial Stiffness, Wave Reflection, Wave Amplification: Basic Concepts, Principles of Measurement and Analysis in Humans / Michael F. O'Rourke, Caroline O'Brien, and Thomas Weber
    2. Large Arteries, Microcirculation, and Mechanisms of Hypertension / Harry A.J. Struijker-Boudier
    3. Direct Measurement of Local Arterial Stiffness and Pulse Pressure / Luc M. Van Bortel, Tine De Backer, and Patrick Segers --4. Ventricular-Arterial Coupling and Mechanism of Wave Reflections / Julio A. Chirinos and Patrick Segers
    5. Determination of Systemic and Regional Arterial Structure and Function / Pierre Boutouyrie, Laurent Macron, Elie Mousseaux, and Stéphane Laurent
    6. Animal Models for Studies of Arterial Stiffness / Patrick Lacolley, Simon N. Thornton, and Yvonnick Bezie
    7. Elastin, Calcium and Age-Related Stiffening of the Arterial Wall / Jeffrey Atkinson
    8. Genetic and Cellular Aspects of Arterial Stiffness / Athanase Benetos, Abraham Aviv, Patrick Lacolley, Michel E. Safar, and Véronique Regnault
    Part II. Blood Pressure and Sodium Balance: Pathophysiological Mechanisms and Cardiovascular Risk
    9. Mechanical Stress and the Arterial Wall / Ernesto L. Schiffrin, Alain Tedgui, and Stephanie Lehoux
    10. Pulsatile Stress, Arterial Stiffness, and Endothelial Function / Robinson Joannidès, Jérémy Bellien, and Christian Thuillez
    11. Hypoxia, Arterial Blood Pressure, and Microcirculation / Jean-Jacques Mourad, Jean-Sébastien Silvestre, and Bernard I. Lévy
    12. The Reality of Aging Viewed from the Arterial Wall / Majd AlGhatrif and Edward G. Lakatta
    13. Emerging Aspects of Angiotensin Biology and Their Potential Role in the Vasculature / Richard N. Re and Julia L. Cook
    14. Arterial Stiffness and the Sympathetic Nervous System / Gianfranco Parati and Paolo Salvi
    15. Oxidative Stress and Hypertension / Jing Wu and David G. Harrison
    16. Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction / Scott L. Hummel
    17. Structural Alterations in Arterial Stiffness: Role of Arterial Fibrosis / Javier Díez
    18. Salt and Multiorgan Damage in Hypertension: Vascular Stiffening and Cardiorenal Structural Dysfunction Responses / Edward D. Frohlich
    19. Preventive Lessons from Hypertension and Myocardial Infarction: Treating Asymptomatic Individuals to Lower the Risk for Subsequent Cardiovascular Events / Marc A. Pfeffer
    Part III. Hypertension: Evaluation of Cardiovascular Risk and Organ Damage
    20. Value of Brachial and Central Blood Pressure for Predicting Cardiovascular Events / Stanley S. Franklin, Carmel M. McEniery, John R. Cockcroft, and Ian B. Wilkinson
    21. Predictive Value of Arterial Stiffness for Cardiovascular Events / Stéphane Laurent, Pierre Boutouyrie, and Francesco Mattace Raso
    22. Heart Rate, Synchrony and Arterial Hemodynamics / Alberto P. Avolio, Mark Butlin, and Isabella Tan
    23. Pulse Pressure Amplification and Arterial Stiffness in Middle Age / Alberto P. Avolio, Mark Butlin, and Athanase D. Protogerou
    24. Arterial Stiffness, Central Blood Pressure and Cardiac Remodelling: From Cardiac Hypertrophy to Heart Failure / Mary J. Roman and Richard B. Devereux
    25. The Relationship Between Aortic Stiffness, Microvascular Disease in the Brain and Cognitive Decline: Insights into the Emerging Epidemic of Alzheimer's Disease / Angelo Scuteri, Jonathan Stone, and Michael F. O'Rourke
    26. Arterial Stiffness and Risk in Various Cardiovascular Diseases / Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Dimitrios Terentes- Printzios, Kenji Takazawa, and Christodoulos Stefanadis
    27. Large Artery Remodeling and Chronic Kidney Disease / Marie Briet, Michel Delahousse, Gérard London, Stéphane Laurent, and Pierre Boutouyrie
    28. Arterial Changes in Renal Transplantation / Sola Aoun Bahous, Serge Korjian, Yazan Daaboul, Jacques Blacher, and Michel E. Safar
    29. Arterial Stiffness, Central Blood Pressure and Coronary Heart Disease / Piotr Jankowski, Jacques Blacher, and Thomas Weber
    Part IV. Clinical Involvement: Role of Age, Sex, Inflammatory and Metabolic Alterations
    30. Modifications of Blood Pressure Profiles in the Very Old: Role of Frailty and Comorbidities / Athanase Benetos, Sylvie Gautier, and Michel E. Safar
    31. Arterial Stiffness and Amplification in the Very Old / Athanase Benetos, Ghassan Watfa, Paolo Salvi, and Patrick Lacolley
    32. Hypertension in Men and Women: Is It Different? / Harold Smulyan and Bruno Pannier
    33. Obesity, Metabolic Syndrome, Diabetes and Smoking / Isabel Ferreira, Roel J.J. van de Laar, and Coen D.A. Stehouwer
    34. Glucose, Insulin and Potential Strategies of Vascular Stiffening / Guanghong Jia, Annayya R. Aroor, Gerald A. Meininger, and James R. Sowers
    35. Arterial Stiffness in Chronic Inflammation / Kaisa M. Mäki-Petäjä, Carmel M. McEniery, Stanley S. Franklin, and Ian B. Wilkinson
    Part V. Stratifications of Cardiovascular Risk and Therapeutic Consequences on Arterial Stiffness and Wave Reflections
    36. Outcome-Driven Thresholds for Pulse Pressure on Office and Out-of-the-Office Blood Pressure Measurement / Yumei Gu, Lucas S. Aparicio, Yanping Liu, Kei Asayama, Tine W. Hansen, Teemu J. Niiranen, José Boggia, Lutgarde Thijs, and Jan A. Staessen
    37. Properties of Central Arteries in Populations of Different Ethnicity: Ethnicity and Central Arteries / Augustine Nonso Odili, Yumei Gu, and Jan A. Staessen
    38. Changing Concepts on the Role of Blood Pressure Reduction in Stroke Prevention with the Focus on β-Blocking Agents / Ji-Guang Wang, Feng-Hua Ding, Li-Hua Li, and Yan Li
    39. Decreasing Arterial Stiffness and/or Wave Reflections Independently of Mean Arterial Pressure: Effect of Antihypertensive Drugs (Part 1) / Hélène Beaussier, Stéphane Laurent, and Pierre Boutouyrie
    40. Decreasing Arterial Stiffness and/or Wave Reflections Independently of Mean Arterial Pressure: Effect of Non-antihypertensive Drugs (Part 2) / Hélène Beaussier, Stéphane Laurent, and Pierre Boutouyrie
    41. Blood Pressure Variability: Measurements, Influential Factors, Prognosis and Therapy / Yi Zhang, Davide Agnoletti, Alexandra Yannoutsos, Michel E. Safar, and Jacques Blacher
    42. Nitrate: The Ideal Drug Action for Isolated Systolic Hypertension in Elderly? / Xiong J. Jiang and Michael F. O'Rourke
    43. De-stiffening Strategy, Sodium Balance, and Blockade of the Renin-Angiotensin System / Athanase D. Protogerou, Michel E. Safar, Gerard E. Plante, and Jacques Blacher
    44. Long-Term Effects of Calcium Channel Blockers on Central and Peripheral Arteries / Yoshio Matsui and Michael F. O'Rourke
    45. Exercise Training for the Modification of Arterial Stiffness and Wave Reflections / Julian W. Sacre and Bronwyn A. Kingwell.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Adel E. Berbari, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth and up-to-date review of the association between blood pressure disorders and diabetes mellitus. In addition, it discusses the specific role of hemodynamic alterations on the vasculature of various target organs (the retina, kidney, brain, and gravid uterus), topics that are infrequently considered and or acknowledged by clinicians. Covering all aspects of the interaction between metabolic and hemodynamic factors, the book presents the diverse perspectives of the contributing authors and extensive discussions of issues including diabetic kidney disease, diabetic hypertensive phenotypes and postural hypotension.

    Contents:
    I Introduction
    1 Coexistence of Diabetes Mellitus and Hypertension
    II Epidemiological Aspects
    2 BP disorders in diabetic children/adolescents
    3 Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    4 BP Disorders in Gestational Diabetes (Hypertension / Preeclampsia)
    III Screening and Diagnostic Approaches in Diabetic Hypertensive Patients
    5 Office / Out-of-Office Blood Pressure Measurements
    6 Laboratory Indices / Bioimaging
    IV Pathophysiological Mechanisms
    7 Genetics
    8 Insulin and BP relationships
    9 Mechanisms of Diabetic Nephropathy in Experimental Animals
    10 Molecular Alterations in Diabetic Chronic Kidney Disease
    V Target Organ Damage in Diabetic Hypertensive Patient
    11 Endothelial Dysfunction / Arterial Stiffness
    12 Heart in Diabetic Hypertensive Patients
    13 Cerebrovascular Structural Alterations
    14 Diabetic Nephropathy in Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    15 Diabetic Chronic Kidney Disease in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (Albuminuric/ Nonalbuminuric)
    16 Diabetic Retinopathy
    VI Strategies for Blood Pressure Control
    17 Target Blood Pressure Values / Choice of Antihypertensive Drug Classes
    VII Benefits of Antihypertensive Treatment
    18 Lifestyle modification
    19 Blood Pressure Thresholds for Initiation of Drug Treatment / and Effect of Blood Pressure Reduction on Target Organs
    VIII Antihypertensive Drugs and Diabetes Mellitus: Special Problems
    20 Adverse reactions associated with RAAS Blockers
    21 Insulin Resistance and New Onset Diabetes Mellitus
    22 Management of Hypertensive Diabetic Patient during Ramadan Fasting
    IX Other Therapeutic Modalities
    23 Control of Blood Glucose and Cardiovascular Risk Profile
    X Hypotensive Disorders
    24 Supine / Postural Hypotensive Blood Pressure Levels.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Henry Liu, Alan D. Kaye, Jonathan S. Jahr, editors.
    Summary: This book functions as a comprehensive and authoritative reference book in blood transfusion and blood substitutes. It is a collection of the latest developments and the newest investigations, and individual chapters are written by world experts in the arena. The book begins with a historical review on the practice of transfusions as well as the components and physiology of blood. The following chapters cover various topics, including platelet substitutes, hemoglobin-based oxygen carriers, perfluorocarbon based oxygen carriers, and safety issues related to artificial hemoglobin. All chapters provide a bulleted highlights list to facilitate readers in mastering the main points of each individual chapter. Blood Substitutes and Oxygen Biotherapeutics is an invaluable reference book for perioperative care providers, hematologists, anesthesiologists, surgeons, obstetricians and gynecologists.

    Contents:
    ATP and Oxygen: the Energy Economy of the Cell
    Physiological Functions of Blood
    Hemoglobin: Physiology and Hemoglobinopathy
    The Global Burden of Anemia
    Blood Component Therapy: the History, Efficacy, and Adverse Effects in Clinical Practice
    Allogeneic Blood Transfusion: Complications and Side Effects
    The real-time effects of artificial blood substitutes on the microcirculation
    Vascular endothelium and nitric oxide
    A Brief History of Development of Nanobiotechnology-based Blood Substitutes
    Classification of Blood Substitutes
    Hemoglobin-based Oxygen Carriers
    Complications of HBOCs including clinical safety issues
    Free Hemoglobin Toxicity
    Nanotechnology-based oxygen and drug carriers
    Perfluorocarbon-based Oxygen Carriers
    Platelet Substitutes
    Plasma Substitutes
    Novel nanobiotherapeutic based blood substitutes
    Paradigm Shift
    Hemoglobin-Based Blood Substitute
    Hemoglobin vesicles as artificial red cells
    Low Volume Resuscitation Agents in Prehospital Medicine
    ErythroMer: Bio-Inspired Artificial Red Blood Cell
    OxyVita-Erythrocruorin
    HemAssist: History, clinical trials
    Development of Recombinant Hemoglobin
    Hemolink-PolyHeme
    Safety and Tolerability Study -in Stable Adult Patients with Sickle Cell disease
    Oxygent-Sanguinate
    M101, the Hemoglobin from the Sea-Hemopure: clinical trials and current status
    Perftoran: History-Oxycyte-Hemoximer
    Transplantation
    Hemorrhagic Shock: HBOCs in Trauma
    Use of Oxygen
    Regulatory Update.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    by Åke Rieger and Sten-Otto Liljedahl.
    Contents:
    -- Changes in blood volume and plasma proteins after bleeding and immediate substitution with physiologic saline, dog plasma and dog albumin in the splenectomized dog / Å. Rieger
    3. Changes in blood volume and plasma proteins after bleeding and immediate substitution with Macrodex. Rheomacrodex and Physiogel in the splenectomized dog / Å. Rieger
    4. Importance of thoracic duct lymph in restitution of plasma volume and plasma proteins after bleeding and immediate substitution in the splenectomized dog / S
    O. Liljedahl and Å. Rieger.
    Access via Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. 1967; 379
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    v. II-IV, 1967.
    SHELVED AS A PERIODICAL UNDER: Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. Supplementum ; 379.
  • Digital
    James Stacey Taylor.
    Summary: "This is the first book to argue in favor of paying people for their blood plasma. It does not merely argue that offering compensation to plasma donors is morally permissible. It argues that prohibiting donor compensation is morally wrong-and that it is morally wrong for all of the reasons that are offered against allowing donor compensation. Opponents of donor compensation claim that it will reduce the amount and quality of plasma obtained, exploit and coerce donors, and undermine social cohesion. James Stacey Taylor argues that empirical evidence demonstrates that compensating plasma donors greatly increases the amount of plasma obtained with no adverse effects on the quality of the pharmaceutical products that are manufactured from it. Prohibiting compensation thus harms patients by reducing their access to the medicines they need. He also argues that it is the prohibition of compensation-not its offer-that exploits donors, fails to respect the moral need to secure a person's authoritative consent to her treatment, and prevents donors from giving their informed consent to donate. Prohibiting compensation thus not only harms patients-it wrongs donors. Bloody Bioethics will appeal to researchers, advanced students, and medical professionals interested in bioethics, moral philosophy, and the moral limits of markets"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    Abdul-Latif Hamdan, Robert Thayer Sataloff, Omar Ramadan, Daniel Eichorn, Mary J. Hawkshaw.
    Summary: This book reviews the emerging role of blue laser as a new treatment modality. Laser surgery has revolutionized the treatment of patients with voice disorders. The choice of laser is based primarily on the characteristics of the laser such as wavelength, mode of delivery and spot size, and on the type of pathology that is being treated. Recently, a new laser with hybrid characteristics, namely cutting and hemostatic, has been introduced as the new generation of photoangiolytic lasers. This new laser--the blue laser with a wavelength of 445 nm--is gaining popularity as an alternative to the traditional KTP laser. The book begins with a review of lasers in laryngology, which is followed by a discussion of anesthesia considerations in office-based and OR-based laryngeal surgery. Subsequent chapters detail the surgical steps needed to be able to perform office-based blue laser procedures safely, including the mode of application and the use of adjunctive surgical procedures. These chapters present colored illustrations of various cases of laryngeal pathology before and after treatment. Video-recordings of surgeries performed in-office and in the operating room using the blue laser are included. Finally, the authors cover rare applications of blue laser therapy in laryngology. This is an ideal guide for otolaryngologists and laryngologists, as well as speech-language pathologists, phoniatricians and other voice therapists and trainers.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Anesthesia Considerations in Office-Based and OR-Based Laryngeal Surgery
    3 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Fold Varices and Ectasias
    4 Blue Laser Therapy of Exudative Lesions of the Vocal Folds
    5 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Process Granuloma
    6 Blue Laser Therapy of Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
    7 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Fold Leukoplakia
    8 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Fold Scars
    9 Blue Laser Therapy of Laryngeal Stenosis
    10 Rare Applications of Blue Laser Therapy in Laryngology.
    Digital Access Springer [2023]
  • Digital
    Peter J. Hotez, MD, PhD, Baylor College of Medicine.
    Summary: In 2011, Dr. Peter J. Hotez relocated to Houston to launch Baylor's National School of Tropical Medicine. He was shocked to discover that a number of neglected diseases often associated with developing countries were widespread in impoverished Texas communities. Despite the United States' economic prowess and first-world status, an estimated 12 million Americans living at the poverty level currently suffer from at least one neglected tropical disease, or NTD. Hotez concluded that the world's neglected diseases-which include tuberculosis, hookworm infection, lymphatic filariasis, Chagas disease, and leishmaniasis-are born first and foremost of extreme poverty. In this book, Hotez describes a new global paradigm known as "blue marble health," through which he asserts that poor people living in wealthy countries account for most of the world's poverty-related illness. By crafting public policy and relying on global partnerships to control or eliminate some of the world's worst poverty-related illnesses, Hotez believes, it is possible to eliminate life-threatening disease while at the same time creating unprecedented opportunities for science and diplomacy.

    Contents:
    A changing landscape in global health
    The "other diseases": the neglected tropical diseases
    Introducing blue marble health
    East Asia : China, Indonesia, Japan, and South Korea
    India
    Sub-Saharan Africa : Nigeria and South Africa
    Saudi Arabia and neighboring conflict zones of the Middle East and North African region
    The Americas : Argentina, Brazil, and Mexico
    Australia, Canada, European Union, Russian Federation, and Turkey
    United States of America
    The G20 : "a theory of justice"
    A framework for science and vaccine diplomacy
    Future directions.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    José Luis Cort, Pablo Abaunza.
    Summary: This open access book is an original contribution to the knowledge on fishing and research associated with one of the most enigmatic fish of our seas: bluefin tuna, Thunnus thynnus (L.). Based on available evidence, it reconstructs the possible methods used to catch large spawners in the Strait of Gibraltar thousands of years ago and describes the much more recent overfishing that led to a great reduction in the catches of the trap fishery on the area and the disappearance of the northern European fisheries. It is the first book to relate the overfishing of juvenile fishes in certain areas to the decline of large spawners in other very distant areas, revealing one of the main underlying causes of this decline, which has remained a mystery to the fishing sector and scientists alike for over 50 years. This finding should serve to prevent similar cases from arising in the future.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Some characteristics of the bluefin tuna its geographical distribution, areas and fishing systems
    The bluefin tuna catch in the Strait of Gibraltar, a review of its history
    the present state of traps and fisheries research in the Strait of Gibraltar
    Bluefin tuna fishing in the Bay of Biscay
    Research related to bluefin tuna fishing in the Bay of Biscay
    A publication that sheds light on the disappearance of the eastern Atlantic bluefin tuna spawner in the 1960s.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mitchell S. King, Martin S. Lipsky.
    Summary: Blueprints Family Medicine provides a complete, yet succinct review of the key concepts and topics that students need to know for a four- to six-week family medicine clerkship. With its concise, well-organized format, it serves as an ideal rapid reference for day-to-day patient care as well as subject examinations and board review. Updates throughout reflect the most current treatment and management strategies. A new section covers the 25 drugs most commonly prescribed in the primary care setting. Case vignettes demonstrate clinical applications. 100 USMLE-style review questions, with full explanations, facilitate exam preparation. Key Points at the end of each chapter summarize important information. Clinical boxes highlight clinical manifestations, differential diagnoses, and treatment options. A helpful appendix provides easy access to evidence-based resources.

    Contents:
    Part I. Principles of family medicine
    Elements of family medicine
    Patient communication and coordination of care – Screening – Immunizations
    Preventive care: 19 to 64 Years
    Preoperative evaluation
    Family violence: awareness and prevention
    Part II. Common signs and symptoms
    Allergies
    Back pain
    Chest pain – Constipation – Cough – Diarrhea
    Dizziness/Vertigo – Fatigue
    Headache – Heartburn – Hematuria
    Jaundice in adults
    Knee pain – Lymphadenopathy
    Nausea and vomiting --Painful joints
    Palpitations – Pharyngitis – Proteinuria
    Red eye
    Respiratory infections
    Shortness of breath
    Shoulder pain
    Somatic symptom disorder – Swelling
    Weight loss
    Part III. Common medical conditions – Acne
    Alcohol and substance abuse – Anemia – Anxiety – Asthma
    Atopic dermatitis
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Congestive heart failure – Depression
    Diabetes Mellitus Type 2 – Diverticulitis
    Human immunodeficiency virus
    Hypertension – Hyperthyroidism – Hypothyroidism – Obesity
    Oral health – Osteoporosis
    Prostate disease
    Sexually transmitted diseases
    Skin infections
    Tobacco abuse
    Urinary Tract Infection – Urticaria
    Part IV. Women’s health
    Abnormal pap smear
    Abnormal vaginal bleeding – Amenorrhea
    Breast Masses
    Contraception – Vaginitis
    Part V. Maternity care -Preconception counseling and prenatal care
    Common medical problems in pregnancy
    Postpartum care
    Part VI. Care for infants, children, and adolescents
    Preventive care: newborn to 5 years
    Preventive care: 5 to 12 years
    Adolescent medicine
    Common medical problems in children
    Behavioral issues in children
    Fever in children
    Otitis media
    Preparticipation evaluation
    Part VII. Care for older adults
    Preventive care: 65 years and older
    Geriatric assessment
    Common medical problems in older adults – Dementia
    Urinary incontinence
    Nursing home and end-of-life care
    Part VIII. Common medications
    Analgesics: nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory and opioid medications – Antibiotics
    Cardiovascular medications
    Endocrine medications
    Gastrointestinal medications
    Psychiatric medications
    Other medications.
  • Digital
    Vincent B. Young, MD, PhD, Associate Professor, Departments of Internal Medicine and Microbiology & Immunology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, William A. Kormos, MD, MPH, Instructor in Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Davoren A. Chick, MD, FACP, Clinical Associate Professor, Departments of Internal Medicine and Learning Health Sciences, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
    Summary: One of the best selling and most highly regarded volumes in the Blueprints series, this book provides a concise review of what students need to know in their rotations or the Boards. Each chapter is brief and includes pedagogical features such as bold key words, tables, figures, and key points boxes. This edition has been reorganized to follow the Clerkship Directors in Internal Medicine guidelines, and includes a new section on neurology, case studies, and additional tables and figures. A question-and-answer section at the end of the book includes 100 board-format questions with complete rationales for each answer choice.

    Contents:
    pt. I, Cardiovascular :
    Chest pain
    Shock
    Coronary heart disease and chronic angina
    Acute coronary syndromes
    Heart failure
    Bradyarrhythmias
    Tachyarrhythmias
    Hypertension
    Valvular heart disease
    Vascular disease
    Syncope. pt. II, Respiratory :
    Dyspnea
    Cough
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Asthma
    Pulmonary embolism
    Interstitial lung disease
    Pleural effusions
    Lung cancer. pt. III, Renal :
    Acid-base disturbances
    Fluid and electrolytes
    Acute Kidney injury
    Chronic kidney disease
    Glomerular disease
    Nephrolithiasis
    Hematuria. pt. IV, Infectious disease :
    Fever and rash
    Pneumonia
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Urinary tract infections
    Tuberculosis
    Gastroenteritis
    Infective endocarditis
    Meningitis
    HIV part I: primary care of the HIV-infected patient
    HIV part II: prophylaxis and treatment of opportunistic infections in HIV. pt. V, Gastrointestinal :
    Abdominal pain
    Diarrhea
    Dyspepsia
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Hepatitis
    Cirrhosis
    Cholestatic liver disease
    Pancreatitis
    Colorectal cancer. pt. VI, Endocrine :
    Weight loss
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hypothyroidism
    Diabetes mellitus
    Hypercalcemia
    Adrenal insufficiency
    Cushing Syndrome
    Pituitary disease
    Nutritional disorders
    Dyslipidemia. pt. VII, Rheumatology :
    Acute monoarticular arthritis
    Low back pain
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Seronegative spondyloarthropathies
    Connective tissue diseases
    Vasculitis
    Amyloidosis. pt. VIII, Hematology/Oncology :
    Anemia
    Hemolytic anemia
    Adenopathy
    Bleeding disorders
    Breast cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Leukemia
    Lymphoma. pt. IX, Neurology
    Headache
    Delirium
    Dizziness
    Dementia
    Stroke
    Seizures.
  • Digital
    Frank W. Drislane [and others].
    Contents:
    The neurologic examination
    Neurologic investigations
    The approach to coma and altered consciousness
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    The approach to weakness
    The sensory system
    Dizziness, vertigo, and syncope
    Ataxia and gait disorders
    Urinary and sexual dysfunction
    Headache and facial pain
    Aphasia and other disorders of higher cortical function
    Dementia
    Sleep disorders
    Vascular disease
    Seizures
    Movement disorders
    Head trauma
    Systemic and metabolic disorders
    Central nervous system tumors
    Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
    Infections of the nervous system
    Disorders of the spinal cord
    The peripheral nervous system
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction and skeletal muscle
    Pediatric neurology.
  • Digital
    Frank W. Drislane, Alexandra Hovaguimian, Andrew W. Tarulli, Aimee K. Boegle, Courtney McIIduff, Louis R. Caplan.
    Contents:
    The neurologic examination
    Neurologic investigations
    The approach to coma and altered consciousness
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    The approach to weakness
    The sensory system
    Dizziness, vertigo, and syncope
    Ataxia and gait disorders
    Urinary and sexual dysfunction
    Headache and facial pain
    Aphasia and other disorders of higher cortical function
    Dementia
    Sleep disorders
    Vascular disease
    Seizures
    Movement disorders
    Head trauma
    Systemic and metabolic disorders
    Central nervous system tumors
    Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
    Infections of the nervous system
    Disorders of the spinal cord
    Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and peripheral neuropathy
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction and skeletal muscle
    Pediatric neurology.
  • Digital
    Tamara L. Callahan, Aaron B. Caughey.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: pt. I OBSTETRICS
    1. Pregnancy and Prenatal Care
    2. Early Pregnancy Complications
    3. Prenatal Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment
    4. Normal Labor and Delivery
    5. Antepartum Hemorrhage
    6.Complications of Labor and Delivery
    7. Fetal Complications of Pregnancy
    8. Hypertension and Pregnancy
    9. Diabetes During Pregnancy
    10. Infectious Diseases in Pregnancy
    11. Other Medical Complications of Pregnancy
    12. Postpartum Care and Complications
    pt. II GYNECOLOGY
    13. Benign Disorders of the Lower Genital Tract
    14. Benign Disorders of the Upper Genital Tract
    15. Endometriosis and Adenomyosis
    16. Infections of the Lower Female Reproductive Tract
    17. Infections of the Upper Female Reproductive Tract and Systemic Infections
    18. Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    19. Urinary Incontinence
    20. Puberty, the Menstrual Cycle, and Menopause
    21. Amenorrhea
    22. Abnormalities of the Menstrual Cycle
    23. Hirsutism and Virilism
    24. Contraception and Sterilization
    25. Termination of Pregnancy
    26. Infertility and Assisted Reproductive Technologies
    27. Vulvar and Vaginal Neoplasia
    28. Cervical Neoplasia and Cervical Cancer
    29. Endometrial Cancer
    30. Ovarian and Fallopian Tube Tumors
    31. Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    32. Benign Breast Disease and Breast Cancer.
  • Digital
    Bradley S. Marino, Katie S. Fine.
    Summary: "Among all the WK clerkship series, Blueprints remains the best-known among medical students. While no individual Blueprints title has sold as consistently as Step-Up to Medicine, the series has maintained a consistent following over the years. In the 2016 clerkship market research study conducted through our market research team, the only series that was mentioned as frequently by both students and clerkship directors was McGraw-Hill's Case Files series"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    General pediatrics
    Neonatal medicine
    Adolescent medicine
    Nutrition
    Fluid, electrolyte, and pH management
    Pulmonology
    Infectious disease
    Immunology, allergy, and rheumatology
    Neurology
    Dermatology
    Cardiology
    Hematology
    Oncology
    Gastroenterology
    Endocrinology
    Orthopedics
    Nephrology
    Urology
    Genetic disorders
    Emergency medicine: the acutely ill and injured child.
  • Digital
    Michael J. Murphy, Ronald L. Cowan.
    Contents:
    Psychotic disorders
    Bipolar disorders
    Depressive disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Trauma- and stressor- related disorders
    Obessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Eating disorders
    Neurodevelopmental disorders and child and adolescent psychiatry
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Substance-related disorders
    Personality disorders
    Miscellaneous disorders
    Special clinical topics
    Legal issues
    Antipsychotics
    Antidepressants and somatic therapies
    Mood stabilizers
    Anxiolytics
    Miscellaneous medications
    Major adverse drug reactions
    Psychological theory and psychotherapy.
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Charles D. Bluestone, MD, FACS, FAAP, Distinguished Professor of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Division of Pediatric Otolaryngology, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvannia ; Jeffrey P. Simons, MD, FACS, FAAP, Associate Professor of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Divisiono of Pediatric Otolaryngology, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvannia ; Gerald B. Healy, MD, FACS, FRCS (Eng), FRCS (Irs), Professor of Otology & Laryngology, Harvard Medical School, Emeritus Healy chair in Otolarynoglogy, Boston Children's Hospital, Emeritus Surgeon-in-Chief, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Past President, American College of Surgeons.
    Contents:
    Section 1 Basic science/general pediatric otolaryngology
    Section 2 Ear and related structures
    Section 3 The Nose, paranasal sinuses, face, and orbit
    Section 4 The Mouth, pharynx, and esophagus
    Section 5 The Airway
    Section 6 The Head and neck
    Section 7 Communication disorders.
    Digital Access R2Library v.1-2 , 2014
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, William R. Jarnigan ; associate editors, Peter J. Allen, William C. Chapman, Michael I. D'Angelica, Ronald P. DeMatteo, Richard Kinh Gian Do, Jean-Nicolas Vauthey ; editor emeritus, Leslie H. Blumgart.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Rizwan Ahmad Khan, Shagufta Wahab, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the epidemiology, mechanism, risk, various types of injuries, and practical approaches to treating children who have sustained blunt abdominal trauma. It includes dedicated chapters on each key aspect of pediatric blunt abdominal injuries, and explains in detail primary resuscitation and ancillary care for pediatric abdominal trauma. A separate chapter on imaging and interventional imaging helps pediatric caregivers select the right modality in the management of these patients. In addition, the book covers the management of hollow viscus injury and solid organ injury following blunt abdominal trauma. The content is supplemented with detailed flowcharts wherever required to help familiarize readers with the indications and to assist them in surgical decision-making. The book offers a valuable guide for practicing pediatric surgeons, residents in pediatric surgery and trauma surgeons, as well as for general surgeons, general surgery residents, practicing pediatricians and general physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by Beth Faiman, PhD, MSN, APRN-BC, AOCN.
    Contents:
    Basic concepts and indications for transplantation
    Types of transplants and sources of stem cells
    Pretransplant issues
    Transplant preparative regimens, cellular infusion, acute complications, and engraftment
    Graft-versus-host disease
    Post-transplant issues
    Survivorship issues
    Professional practice.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD123.5 .B68 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Gregory Schwaid.
    Summary: Board Review in Preventive Medicine and Public Health prepares physicians for their initial and recertification board exams in the related specialties of preventive, occupational and aerospace medicine. Formatted in a question and answer based style that imitates material on specialty exams, each question is linked to a detailed answer. The book contains over 640 question and answer sets covering areas such as general public health, health management, health law, community health, infectious disease, clinical preventive medicine, occupational medicine, aerospace medicine, environmental medicine, correctional (prison) medicine, emergency preparedness, epidemiology and biostatistics. The book is an essential board preparation for physicians with a background in the fields of preventive medicine, occupational medicine, and aerospace medicine. It is also useful for medical students, public health students and those wishing to gain an understanding of the key points in these fields.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Carlos Ayala, Brad Spellberg.
    Contents:
    Internal medicine
    Surgery
    Obstetrics and gynecology
    Pediatrics
    Family medicine
    Psychiatry
    Neurology
    Dermatology
    Ophthalmology
    Radiology
    Emergency medicine
    Ethics/law/clinical studies.
  • Digital
    Summary: Boards & Beyond from McGraw Hill Medical supports medical students with on-demand video libraries and question banks designed to build a solid foundation of understanding that goes beyond memorization. Students in the US and around the globe use Boards & Beyond subscriptions to supplement their classes and prepare for board exams, core clerkships, and successful careers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Database
    Database Users must create an account while on the Stanford network with their Stanford email and provide the Stanford Registration Access Code
    Get Registration Access Code
  • Digital
    edited by Henry C. Lukaski.
    Contents:
    Body composition in perspective / Henry Lukaski
    Assessment of human body composition : methods and limitations / Hannes Gatterer, Kai Schenk, and Martin Burtscher
    Assessment of muscle mass / Donald Dengel, Christiana J Raymond, and Tyler Bosch
    Hydration status and performance / Ronald Maughan and Susan Shirreffs
    Physical activity on growth and development of youth / Robert Malina and Manuel J. Coelho e Silva
    Anthropometry in physical performance and health / Arthur Stewart and Tim Ackland
    Physical activity and adipose tissue redistribution in obese adults / Brittany P. Hammond, Andrea M. Brennan, and Robert Ross
    Physical activity and body composition changes in overweight and obese children / Scott Going, Jennifer Bea, and Joshua Farr
    Body composition changes with training : methodological implications / Luis Sardinha and Diana Santos
    Endurance athletes / Jordan Moon and Kristina Kendall
    Speed, power and strength athletes / David David Fukuda, Jeffery Stout, and Jay Hoffman
    Weight-sensitive sports / Analiza Silva, Diana Santos, and Catarina Matias
    Military / Karl Friedl
    Body composition and public safety : the industrial athlete / Paul Davis and Mark Abel
    Dietary protein and physical training effects on body composition and physical performance / Michaela C Devries, Sara Y Oikawa, and Stuart Phillips
    Supplements, body composition and performance / Karl Friedl
    Diet and exercise approaches for reversal of exercise-associated amenorrhea / Lynn Cialdella Kam and Melinda Manore.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] David L. Coy, Eugene Lin, Jeffrey P. Kanne.
    Contents:
    The physics of computed tomography
    CT radiation dose and management
    Contrast administration
    Mediastinum
    Lung
    Airways
    Pleura, diaphragm, and chest wall
    Heart and thoracic aorta
    Liver and biliary
    Pancreas
    Kidneys, ureters, and bladder
    Adrenal glands
    Spleen
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Peritoneum and peritoneal spaces
    Retroperitoneum, vessels, and nodes
    Pelvis
    Trauma.
  • Digital
    Massimo Cuzzolaro, Secondo Fassino, editors.
    Summary: This book equips readers with the knowledge required to improve diagnosis and treatment and to implement integrated prevention programs in patients with eating and weight disorders. It does so by providing a comprehensive, up-to-date review of research findings and theoretical assumptions concerning the interface and interactions between body image and such disorders as anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder, other specified feeding and eating disorders, orthorexia nervosa, overweight, and obesity. After consideration of issues of definition and classification, the opening part of the book examines the concept of body image from a variety of viewpoints. A series of chapters are then devoted to the assessment of the multidimensional construct “body image”, to dysmorphophobia/body dysmorphic disorder, and to muscle dysmorphia. The third part discusses body image in people suffering from different eating disorders and/or overweight or obesity, and two final chapters focus on body image in the integrated prevention of eating disorders and obesity, and cultural differences regarding body image. The book will be of interest to all health professionals who work in the fields of psychiatry, clinical psychology, eating disorders, obesity, body image, adolescence, public health, and prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Gabriele Krombach, Andreas Mahnken ; translator, Terry Telger.
    Contents:
    Imaging of various body regions
    Head and neck
    Mediastinum
    Heart and pericardium
    Major vessels
    Lung and pleura
    Breast
    Liver
    Gallbladder and biliary tract
    Pancreas
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Spleen and lymphatic system
    Adrenal glands
    Kidney and urinary tract
    Female pelvis
    Male pelvis.
  • Digital/Print
    Sonya Renee Taylor.
    Summary: The Body Is Not an Apology The Power of Radical Self-Love Against a global backdrop of war, social upheaval, and personal despair, there is a growing sense of urgency to challenge the systems of oppression that dehumanize bodies and strip us of our shared humanity. Rather than feel helpless in the face of oppression, world-renowned activist, performance poet, and author Sonya Renee Taylor teaches us how to turn to the power of radical self-love in her new book, The Body Is Not an Apology. Radical self-love is the guiding framework that transforms the learned self-hatred of our bodies and the prejudices we have about other people's bodies into a vision of compassion, equity, and justice. In a revolutionary departure from the corporate self-help and body-positivity movement, Taylor forges the inextricable bond between radical self-love and social justice. The first step is recognizing that we have all been indoctrinated into a system of body shame that profits off of our self-hatred. When we ask ourselves, "Who benefits from our collective shame?" we can begin to make the distinction between the messages we are receiving about our bodies or other bodies and the truth. This book moves us beyond our all-too-often hidden lives, where we are easily encouraged to forget that we are whole humans having whole human experiences in our bodies alongside others. Radical self-love encourages us to embark on a personal journey of transformation with thoughtful reflection on the origins of our minds and bodies as a source of strength. In doing this, we not only learn to reject negative messages about ourselves but begin to thwart the very power structures that uphold them. Systems of oppression thrive off of our inability to make peace with bodies and difference. Radical self-love not only dismantles shame and self-loathing in us but has the power to dismantle global systems of injustice-because when we make peace with our bodies, only then do we have the capacity to truly make peace with the bodies of others.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF575.S37 T39 2018
    1
  • Print
    Bessel A. van der Kolk, M.D.
    Summary: An expert on traumatic stress outlines an approach to healing, explaining how traumatic stress affects brain processes and how to use innovative treatments to reactivate the mind's abilities to trust, engage others, and experience pleasure. --Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Prologue : Facing trauma
    Part I. The rediscovery of trauma : Lessons from Vietnam veterans
    Revolutions in understanding mind and brain
    Looking into the brain: the neuroscience revolution
    Part II. This is your brain on trauma : Running for your life: the anatomy of survival
    Body-brain connections
    Losing your body, losing your self
    Part III. The minds of children : Getting on the same wavelength: attachment and attunement
    Trapped in relationships: the cost of abuse and neglect
    What's love got to do with it?
    Developmental trauma: the hidden epidemic
    Part IV. The imprint of trauma : Uncovering secrets: the problem of traumatic memory
    The unbearable heaviness of remembering
    Part V. Paths to recovery : Healing from trauma: owning your self
    Language: miracle and tyranny
    Letting go of the past: EMDR
    Learning to inhabit your body: yoga
    Putting the pieces together: self-leadership
    Filling in the holes: creating structures
    Applied neuroscience : rewiring the brain fear-driven mind with brain/computer interface technology
    Finding your voice: communal rhythms and theater
    Epilogue : Choices to be made
    Appendix : Consensus proposed criteria for developmental trauma disorder.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC552.P67 .V358 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The dynamics of body metabolism are changed in the disease process and interact with physical activity. The alteration of metabolism and its consequences raise the need for simple and reliable methods for assessment of body composition. The chapters aim to investigate various interacting components converging on metabolic changes in lung and muscle tissues taking into consideration the drug effects. The effects of exercise and nutritional status are dealt with at a great extent.

    Contents:
    Body composition in heavy smokers / O. Rom-- Metabolic and immunological consequences of vitamin D deficiency in obese children / B. Pyrz̀ak
    Markers of bone metabolism in children with Nephrotic Syndrome treated with corticosteroids / Małgorzata. Pańczyk-Tomaszewska
    Endurance training and the risk of bronchial asthma in female cross-country skiers / A. Żebrowska
    Effects of inspiratory muscle training on resistance to fatigue of respiratory muscles during exhaustive exercise / M.O. Segizbaeva
    Nutritional status in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and systemic sclerosis / D. Mękal
    Gradual versus continuous Increase of load in ergometric tests / A.M. Preisser
    Evaluation of volumetric changes in differential diagnosis of brain atrophy and active hydrocephalus / E. Szczepek.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeonhee Jang.
    Contents:
    Body reshaping for health and beauty
    A first look at the meridian system in TCM
    Who can benefit from this treatment?
    Body posture and homeostasis
    Six body types
    Anatomical approach type M1, M2, M3
    Muscle meridian therapy and skin cutaneous therapy
    Treatment methods
    Specific clinical cautions and application.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffery S. Orringer, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam.
    Summary: Improve your technique, treat patients with confidence, and obtain optimal results using today's most advanced body shaping treatments with guidance from Body Shaping: Skin, Fat and Cellulite, a volume in the Procedures in Cosmetic Dermatology Series. Renowned cosmetic dermatologists-Drs. Orringer, Alam, and Dover-provide you with procedural how-to's and step-by-step advice on proper techniques, pitfalls, and tricks of the trade, equipping you to successfully incorporate the very latest for skin tightening, fat reduction, and sculpting procedures into your busy practice!

    Contents:
    Skin laxity : anatomy, etiology, and treatment indications
    Lasers and lights : skin tightening
    Radiofrequency treatment : skin tightening
    Micro-focused ultrasound : skin tightening
    Subcutaneous fat : anatomy, physiology, and treatment indications
    Cryolipolysis : fat reduction
    Radiofrequency treatment : fat reduction
    Ultrasound treatment : fat reduction
    Liposuction, ultrasound-assisted and powered : fat reduction
    Laser lipolysis : fat reduction
    Injectable fat-reducing therapies : fat reduction
    Cellulite : anatomy, etiology, treatment indications
    Massage/mechanical techniques : cellulite reduction
    Lasers and lights : cellulite reduction
    Radiofrequency and ultrasound : cellulite reduction
    Subcision : cellulite reduction.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Werner Zimmerli.
    Contents:
    Microbiology of bone and joint infections
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of antibiotics in bone
    Preclinical models of infection in bone and joint surgery
    Native joint arthritis in children
    Native joint arthritis
    Septic arthritis of axial joints
    Periprosthetic joint infection : general aspects
    Periprosthetic joint infection after total hip and knee arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic joint infection after shoulder arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic joint infection after elbow arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic joint infection after ankle arthroplasty
    Osteomyelitis : classification
    Osteomyelitis in children
    Acute osteomyelitis in adults
    Subacute osteomyelitis : tuberculous and brucellar vertebral osteomyelitis
    Chronic osteomyelitis in adults
    Diabetic foot osteomyelitis
    Osteomyelitis of the jaws
    Implant-associated osteomyelitis of long bones
    Implant-associated vertebral osteomyelitis
    Postoperative sternum osteomyelitis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    editor, Werner Zimmerli.
    Summary: "The prevalence of most bone and joint infections is steadily increasing, mainly due to the rising life expectancy of the population, and the increasing use of bone fixation devices and prosthetic joints. For frequent infectious diseases, such as respiratory tract, urinary tract and bloodstream infections, many diagnostic and therapeutic aspects have been studied in a controlled fashion [e.g. 1-3]. In contrast, in the field of bone and joint infections, randomized controlled trials are rare. Exceptions are a randomized controlled study on the role of rifampin in patients with orthopedic implant-associated infections, and a controlled trial comparing two different durations of antibiotic treatment in patients with vertebral osteomyelitis [4, 5]. Therefore, diagnostic and therapeutic advice has to be based mainly on individual clinical expert knowledge and observational studies [6-10]. The optimal diagnostic and therapeutic management of bone and joint infections needs a special know-how in different fields of medicine. Many physicians have only limited clinical experience, since arthritis and osteomyelitis are rare infectious diseases. Therefore, a multidisciplinary approach to these infections is desirable. Only for a few topics, internationally accepted guidelines for the management of bone and joint infections are available [11-13]. In addition, publications on the clinical practice comprising different aspects of these infections are scarce. The aim of this book is to close this gap with texts from a multidisciplinary team of experts in the field. Indeed, specialists in Microbiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Preclinical Research, Pediatrics, Pediatric and Adult Orthopedic Surgery, Infectious Diseases, and Cardiovascular Surgery contributed to this book. This broad spectrum of expertise made it possible to cover a wide range of pathophysiological, epidemiological, diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of bone and joint infection. The principal focus of the book is on clinical practice. It should enable clinicians managing patients according to the best available evidence"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Diagnostic Approach in Bone and Joint Infections
    Unusual Microorganisms in Periprosthetic Joint Infection
    Identification of Pathogens in Bone and Joint Infections by Non-Culture Techniques
    Bacteriophages for treatment of biofilm infections
    Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Antibiotics in Bone
    Preclinical Models of Infection in Bone and Joint Surgery
    Native Joint Arthritis in Children
    Native Joint Arthritis in Adults
    Septic Arthritis of Axial Joints
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection : General Aspects
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Total Hip and Knee Arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Elbow Arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Ankle Arthroplasty
    Osteomyelitis : Classification
    Osteomyelitis in Children
    Acute Osteomyelitis in Adults
    Subacute Osteomyelitis : Tuberculous and Brucellar Vertebral Osteomyelitis
    Chronic Osteomyelitis in Adults
    Diabetic Foot Osteomyelitis
    Osteomyelitis of the Jaws
    Fracture-related Infection of Long Bones
    Implant-Associated Vertebral Osteomyelitis
    Postoperative Sternal Osteomyelitis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Hans-Jörg Oestern, Otmar Trentz, Selman Uranues.
    Summary: All European countries, including those that have recently joined the European Union or are candidates for membership, currently show a clear trend towards an increasing number of accidental injuries. This holds true for a range of injuries, including accidents among the elderly, sports injuries, and trauma due to traffic accidents. The increase in the number of injuries is accompanied by rising expectations among patients, who anticipate good functional results even after serious injuries. Despite these developments, trauma surgery is not yet established as an independent field in all European countries. Against this background, there is a clear need for a book that covers the state of the art in trauma surgery. This volume, which focuses on bone and joint injuries orthopedic trauma is intended to help to meet this need. It will also serve to harmonize the practice of trauma surgery within the European Union and to prepare for the UEMS EBSQ trauma surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Rotator Cuff Tears / Martin Jaeger, Kaywan Izadpanah, and Norbert P. Südkamp
    2. Posttraumatic Shoulder Instability / Martin Jaeger, Kaywan Izadpanah, and Norbert P. Südkamp
    3. Proximal Humeral Fractures / Martin Jaeger, Kaywan Izadpanah, and Norbert P. Südkamp
    4. Treatment of Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation / Klemens Horst, Thomas Dienstknecht, and Hans- Christoph Pape
    5. Clavicle Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
    6. Scapula Fractures / Jan Friederichs and Volker Bühren
    7. Humeral Shaft Fractures / Pol M. Rommens
    8. Distal Humerus Fractures / Klaus J. Burkhart, Pol M. Rommens, and Lars Peter Müller
    9. Coronoid Fractures / Klaus J. Burkhart, Pol M. Rommens, and Lars Peter Müller
    10. Olecranon Fractures / Tobias E. Nowak and Pol M. Rommens
    11. Radial Head Fractures / Klaus J. Burkhart, Pol M. Rommens, and Lars Peter Müller
    12. Forearm Shaft Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
    13. Distal Radius Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
    14. Management of Hand Injuries / Susanne Hellmich and P.M. Vogt
    15. Cervical Spine Injuries / Christoph Josten and Jan-Sven Jarvers
    16. Spine / Markus Schultheiss, Daniel Gulkin, and Florian Gebhard
    17. Pelvic and Acetabular Fractures / Reiner Wirbel and Tim Pohlemann
    18. Pipkin Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
    19. Femoral Neck Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
    20. Pertrochanteric Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
    21. Femoral Shaft Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
    22. Distal Femur Fractures / Arne Berner and Michael Schütz
    23. Patella Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
    24. Knee Ligament Injuries / Phillip Forkel and Wolf Petersen
    25. Tibial Plateau Fractures / Philipp Kobbe and Hans-Christoph Pape
    26. Tibial Shaft Fractures / Philipp Lichte and Hans-Christoph Pape
    27. Fractures of the Tibial Pilon / Richard Martin Sellei and Hans-Christoph Pape
    28. Foot and Ankle Injuries / Susanne Rein, Ken Jin Tan, Stefan Rammelt, and Hans Zwipp
    29. Pediatric Fractures and Dislocations / Christoph Nau, Dorien Schneidmüller, and Ingo Marzi.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    by Leonard W. Ely and John Francis Cowan.
    Access via Leland Stanford Junior University publications. 1916; 25
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    1916
    SHELVED UNDER: Stanford University publications. University series [25].
    1916
    No. 25 1916 c.2 Shelved under Collection of photographs of John Francis Cowan.
    8.28[b] 1916
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew L. Folpe, G. Petur Nielsen ; series editor, John R. Goldblum.
    Contents:
    1. Approach to bone and soft tissue tumors / Matthew T. Houdek
    2. Adjuvant techniques: immunohistochemistry, cytogenetics, and molecular genetics / Gregory W. Charville
    3. Fibroblastic and myofibroblastic tumors / Elizabeth G. Demicco
    4. Fibrohistiocytic tumors / Elizabeth G. Demicco
    5. Adipocytic tumors / David Creytens
    6. Smooth muscle tumors / Alexander K. Nobori and Sarah M. Dry
    7. Skeletal muscle tumors / Raf Sciot
    8. Tumors of perivascular cells / Leona Doyle
    9. Gastrointestinal stromal tumor / Adrian Marino-Enriquez
    10. Vascular tumors of soft tissue and bone / Yin Pun Hung, G. Petur Nielsen and Andrew L. Folpe
    11. Nerve sheath tumors / Karen J. Fritchie
    12. Matrix-forming tumors of soft tissue / Jen-Chieh Lee and Hsuan-Ying Huang
    13. Tumors of synovial and tenosynovial tissue / Elizabeth G. Demicco and G. Petur Nielsen
    14. Undifferentiated small round cell sarcomas of bone and soft tissue / Brendan C. Dickson
    15. Mesenchymal tumors of miscellaneous type or uncertain lineage / Andrew L. Folpe
    16. Bone-forming tumors / Daniel P. Cassidy and Andrew E. Rosenberg
    17. Cartilage-forming tumors / Darcy A. Kerr and G. Petur Nielsen
    18. Fibroblastic and fibrohistiocytic tumors / Daniel Baumhoer
    19. Hematolymphoid neoplasms of bone / Judith A. Ferry
    20. Giant cell tumor of bone / Akihiko Yoshida
    21. Notochordal cell tumors / Angela R. Shih and G. Petur Nielsen
    22. Osteofibrous dysplasia/adamantinoma / Alyaa Al-Ibraheemi
    23. Cystic tumors of bone / Scott E. Kilpatrick and John D. Reith
    24. Fibrous dysplasia of bone / Scott E. Kilpatrick and John D. Reith
    25. Metastases / John D. Reith and Scott E. Kilpatrick.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Sumon Nandi, Selvon F. St. Clair.
    Summary: This book is a complete guide to the essentials of orthopedics. Covers the full range of conditions, injuries, and diseases encountered in operating and emergency room settings, including fractures, dislocations, bone/joint infections, and spinal cord injuries.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Anatomy Essentials
    Upper Extremity
    Shoulder
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Arm
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Elbow
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Forearm
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Wrist
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Hand
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Lower Extremity
    Pelvis
    Bones Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Hip
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Femur
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Knee
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Lower Leg
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Ankle
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Foot
    Bones
    Muscles
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Spine
    Cervical Spine
    Bones
    Neurovascular Structures Surgical Approach (Fig. 1.56)
    Thoracic Spine
    Bones
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Lumbar Spine
    Bones
    Neurovascular Structures
    Surgical Approach
    Sacrum
    Bones
    Neurovascular Structures
    Chapter 2: Physical Exam Fundamentals
    Definition
    Principles
    Upper Extremity
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Hand and Wrist
    Lower Extremity
    Hip and Pelvis
    Knee
    Foot and Ankle
    Spine
    Chapter 3: Managing the Floor
    Postoperative Check/Rounding
    Lab Abnormalities
    Anemia
    Hypoglycemia
    Hyponatremia
    Hyperkalemia
    Hypokalemia
    Hypotension Hypoxia
    Tachycardia
    Fever
    Low Urine Output (Oliguria)
    Delirium
    Seizure
    Chest Pain
    Pain Management
    Wound Issues
    Erythema
    Drainage
    Dehiscence
    Chapter 4: Orthopedic Emergencies
    Definition
    Septic Joint
    Definition
    Why Is this Emergent?
    Causes
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Suppurative Flexor Tenosynovitis
    Definition
    Why Is this Emergent?
    Causes
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Necrotizing Fasciitis
    Definition
    Why Is this Emergent?
    Causes
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Compartment Syndrome
    Definition
    Why Is this Emergent?
    Causes Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Open Fracture
    Definition
    Why Is this Emergent?
    Causes
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Cauda Equina Syndrome
    Definition
    Why Is this Emergent?
    Causes
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Chapter 5: Emergency Room Consultations
    Emergency Room Consults
    High-Energy Trauma Patient and Fracture Management
    Pediatric Fractures
    Dislocations
    Spinal Cord Injury (SCI)
    Tendon Rupture/Laceration
    Fingertip Amputation
    Postoperative Complications
    Other Common ER Consults:
    Chapter 6: Sports Injuries
    Definition
    Team Physician Responsibilities
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Dominique Heymann.
    Summary: Bone Cancer: Bone Sarcomas and Bone Metastases - From Bench to Bedside, Third Edition comprehensively investigates key discoveries in the field of bone biology. New aspects of bone cancer biology are treated in new chapters covering exosomes, autophagy, and metabolism. These have led to the development of entirely new areas for investigation, such as therapies which combine surgery and biological approaches. The Third Edition expands on the original overview of bone cancer development (physiology and pathophysiology), with 40% new material. Each chapter has been written by internationally recognized specialists on the bone cancer microenvironment, bone metastases, osteoclast biology in bone cancer, proteomics, bone niche, circulating tumor cells, and clinical trials. Given the global prevalence of breast and prostate cancers, knowledge of bone biology has become essential for everyone within the medical and cancer research communities. Bone Cancer: Bone Sarcomas and Bone Metastases - From Bench to Bedside continues to offer the only translational reference to cover all aspects of primary bone cancer and bone metastases. This revision opens the door to myeloma with two short chapters dedicated to this bone-associated disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dominique Heymann.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of primary bone tumors and economical aspects of bone metastases
    Tumor: bone interactions: there is no place like bone
    Stem cell niches in the bone: bone marrow organ and their significance for hematopoietic and non-hematopoietic cancer
    Deregulation of osteoblast differentiation in primary bone cancers
    Contribution of osteoclasts to the bone: tumor niche
    Involvement of osteocytes in cancer bone niche
    Role of mesenchymal stem cells in bone cancer; initiation, propagation and metastasis
    Gap junction in bone remodeling and in primary bone tumors: osteosarcoma and Ewing sarcoma
    Macrophages and pathophysiology of bone cancers
    Cytokines and bone cancers
    Technical aspects: how do we best prepare bone samples for proper histological analysis?
    Bone remodeling markers and bone cancer
    Cancer stem cells in representative bone tumors: osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma and metastases from breast and prostate carcinomas
    Homeobox genes from the Dlx family and bone cancers
    MicroRNA implication in therapeutic resistance and metastatic dissemination of bone-associated tumors
    Hypoxia and angiogenesis: from primary tumor to bone metastasis
    Modeling osteosarcoma: in vitro and in vivo approaches
    Stemness markers of osteosarcoma
    Molecular pathology of osteosarcoma
    Gene and proteomic profiling of osteosarcoma
    Ewing sarcoma family of tumors
    Biology of Ewing sarcoma
    Osteoclast-rich lesions of bone: a clinical and molecular overview
    Markers for bone sarcomas
    Margins and bone tumors: what are we talking about?
    Cytogenetics of bone tumors
    Genetic aspects of bone tumors
    Cytogenetic and molecular genetic alterations in bone tumors
    Genetics of giant cell tumors of bone
    Mammalian models of bone sarcomas
    Zebrafish models for studying bone cancers: mutants, transgenic fish and embryos
    Imaging of bone sarcomas
    New therapeutic targets in Ewing sarcoma: from pre-clinical proof-of-concept to clinical trials
    Therapeutic approaches for bone sarcomas
    Chondrosarcoma of bone: diagnosis and therapy
    Apoptosis and drug resistance in malignant bone tumors
    Giant cell tumors of bone
    EMT process in bone metastasis
    Histopathology of skeletal metastases
    Disseminated tumor cells in bone marrow of cancer patients
    MicroRNA-mediated regulation of bone metastasis formation: from primary tumors to skeleton
    Myeloma and osteoclast relationship
    In vivo models used in studies of bone metastases
    Interventional radiologic techniques in management of bone tumors
    Diagnosis of bone metastases in urological malignancies : an update
    Pre-clinical molecular imaging of "the seed and the soil" in bone metastasis
    Mechanisms and management of bone cancer pain
    Bone cancer: current opinion in palliative care
    Involvement of sympathetic nerves in bone metastasis
    Pain control with palliative radiotherapy in patients with bone metastases
    Cellular and molecular actions of bisphosphonates
    The use of nitrogen-bisphosphonates to capture the potent anti-tumor arsenal of human peripheral blood [gamma delta] T cells for the treatment of bone cancer metastasis
    Systemic treatment of bone metastases in castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC): pre-clinical to clinical point of view
    A multi-targeted approach to treating bone metastases
    Bone metastases in prostate cancer: pathophysiology, clinical complications, actual treatment, and future directions
    Bone-targeted agents and skeletal-related events in breast cancer patients with bone metastases
    Bone metastases : current status of bone-targeted treatments
    Bone metastases, clinical trials II: zoledronic acid and denosumab in the prevention of bone metastases.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Print
    by Harold G. Jacobson. Assisted by Robert H. Freiberger, [et. al.]
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC930.5 .B63 1972
    1
  • Digital
    Reiner Bartl, Christoph Bartl ; with a contribution by Andrea Baur-Melnyk and Tobias Geith.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Justyna J. Miszkiewicz, Sharon L. Brennan-Olsen, Jose A. Riancho, editors.
    Summary: This multidisciplinary book addresses three lines of evidence (medieval, contemporary, and epigenetic) regarding the effect of human socio-economic status on bone health. It provides an overview of the extent to which human social background affects adult bone quality and quantity, and makes recommendations for future skeletal biology research into lifestyle-related musculoskeletal disorders. The book is divided into three major parts, the first of which discusses bone and dental health in medieval human skeletal remains from distinct socio-economic status groups. In turn, Part 2 reviews bone health in contemporary human populations with a range of social backgrounds; in addition, a conceptual model proposing a social gradient of osteoporosis and fracture risk related to biological mechanisms and cumulative stressors throughout the human lifecycle is presented. Lastly, Part 3 highlights the role of epigenetics in socially patterned risk factors for skeletal disorders, and discusses how epigenetic mechanisms transduce the psychosocial environment and increase the risk of developing conditions such as osteoporosis. Overall, the book highlights the importance of considering the social-biological nexus in future skeletal biology research and future treatment of bone disease. Increased awareness of this nexus can potentially improve individual and population-level bone health interventions, reducing the social inequities observed in fracture risk. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, academics, and students in the fields of medicine, epidemiology, the health sciences, biological anthropology, human anatomy and adaptation, developmental studies of human societies, human biology, and any field concerning musculoskeletal disorders and health. It will also benefit clinical practitioners evaluating osteoporosis, osteopenia, fracture risk, bone quality and quantity.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ellen B. Fung, Laura K. Bachrach, Aenor J. Sawyer, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Rationale for bone health assessment in childhood and adolescence
    2. Tools for measuring bone in children and adolescents
    3. Dual-energy X-Ray absorptiomery technology
    4. Indications for DXA in children and adolescents
    5. Acquisition of DXA in children and adolescents
    6. Analysis and evaluation of DXA in children and adolescents
    7. Reporting DXA results for children and adolescents
    8. DXA evaluation of infants and toddlers
    9. DXA in children with special needs
    10. Bone mineral density as a predictor of vertebral fractures in children and adolescents
    11. Lessons learned from clinical research using QCT, pQCT, and HR-pQCT
    12. Evaluation of fracture without known trauma: use of DXA in differential diagnosis
    13. What's next in the field of bone health in pediatrics? Research considerations
    Appendix A
    Appendix B
    Appendix C
    Appendix D
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Theofilos Karachalios, editor.
    Summary: What is the optimal design and fixation of the implants we use for orthopedic reconstructions? What is the gold standard for the management of patients requiring implants? Is there scope for improvement still further? Huge efforts have been made both by research scientists in orthopedics and the implant industry to furthering the options available for arthroplasty without necessarily considering the cost-effectiveness of this research to clinical outcomes. It has also become apparent that theoretical and laboratory studies do not always match the results of long-term clinical studies of which there regretfully few of sufficient quality. The Editor and his carefully chosen selection of contributors critically evaluate data from basic science, experimental in vivo and in vitro biological and mechanical models, autopsy specimens and long-term clinical studies to answer these questions. Bone-Implant Interface in Orthopedic Surgery: Basic Science to Clinical Applications focuses on the bone-orthopedic implant interface in general and will be useful both for the novice who seeks a quick introduction to this specific topic and for more experienced surgeons who seek an in depth critical review of current practices.

    Contents:
    Current evidence in designs and fixation surfaces in total hip arthroplasty (a brief overview)
    Early and late mechanical stability of the cementless bone implant interface in total joint arthroplasty
    Cement- bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
    The implant cement interface in total hip arthroplasty
    Cobalt-Chrome porous coated implant-bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
    Titanium porous coated implant-bone Interface in Total Joint Arthroplasty
    Grit blasted implant bone interface in total joint arthroplasty Eduardo Garcia-Rey, Eduardo Garcia-Cimbrelo
    HA coated implant - bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
    Trabecular metal - bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
    Assessment of bone implant interface failure in total joint arthroplasty
    The biology of aseptic loosening
    Cement-bone interface in total joint revision arthroplasty
    Cementless fully porous coated implant-bone interface in revision total hip arthroplasty
    Cementless tapered fluted implant bone interface in revision total joint arthroplasty
    Bone-graft and implant-graft interface in total hip arthroplasty
    The effect of pharmacological agents on the bone implant interface
    Bone-implant interface in biofilm associated bone and joint infections
    Modular interfaces
    Local and distant reaction to metallic wear debris
    Bone-implant interface in spine surgery
    Bone-tendon and bone- ligament interface
    Bone implant interface in patients with neoplasmatic disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Andi Setiawan Budihardja, Thomas Mücke, editors.
    Summary: This book describes all methods of bone management currently employed within the field of dental implantology, with the aim of equipping oral surgeons and other practitioners with a sound practical understanding of bone augmentation. The different possibilities for augmentation of the jaw in the vertical and horizontal dimensions are explained, and detailed information provided on the latest techniques of augmentation, including guided bone regeneration, mandibular bone grafting, 3D technique, extraoral bone augmentation, and microvascular bone transplantation. Readers will find clear guidance on diagnosis and treatment planning and helpful discussion of the basic principles of bone augmentation. Individual chapters also address the role of lasers, complications and risks, and emerging trends. The extensive case documentation, with numerous color illustrations and photos, highlights what is possible today in the field of bone regeneration. This book is a â#x80;must readâ#x80;#x9D; for all implantologists, oral maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and dentists with an interest in oral surgery.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
    Basic Principle Bone Augmentation
    Mandibular Bone Graft
    Guided Bone Regeneration
    Illiac Crest Graft
    Vascularized Bone Grafts
    Bone Substitute Material
    Sinus Augmentation
    Periimplantitis
    Laser in Implantology
    Complications and Risks
    Future Trends in Dental Implantology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Meral Beksac.
    Contents:
    Reporter Gene Technologies for Imaging Cell Fates in Hematopoiesis / Sophie Kusy and Christopher H. Contag
    Flow Cytometry for Hematopoietic Cells / Daniela S. Krause, Michelle E. DeLelys, and Frederic I. Preffer
    Isolation and Characterization of Mesenchymal Stem Cells / Sedat Odabas, A. Eser Elçin, and Y. Murat Elçin
    Methods for Functional Analysis of Stem Cells / Michelle Escobedo-Cousin, J. Alejandro Madrigal, and Aurore Saudemont
    An Overview of HLA Typing for Heamatopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation / Katy Latham, Ann-Margaret Little, and J. Alejandro Madrigal
    HLA Typing with Sequence-Specific Oligonucleotide Primed PCR (PCR-SSO) and Use of the Luminex Technology / Klara Dalva and Meral Beksaç
    Sequence Based Typing of HLA: An Improved Group Specific Full Length Gene Sequencing Approach / Christina E.M. Voorter, Fausto Palusci, and Marcel G.J. Tilanus
    Molecular Typing Methods for Minor Histocompatibility Antigens / Eric Spierings
    Natural Killer Cells and Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptor Polymorphisms: Their Role in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation / Jennifer Schellekens, Katia Gagne, and Steven G.E. Marsh
    Methods of Detection of Immune Reconstitution and T Regulatory Cells by Flow Cytometry / Richard Charles Duggleby and J. Alejandro Madrigal
    Molecular Methods Used for Detection of Minimal Residual Disease Following Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Myeloid Disorders / Ahmet H. Elmaagacli
    Molecular Methods for Detection of Minimal Residual Disease Following Transplantation in Lymphoid and Plasma Cell Disorders / Paolo Corradini and Cristiana Carniti
    Molecular Methods for Detection of Invasive Fungal Infections and Mycobacteria and Their Clinical Significance in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation / Pinar Yurdakul and Sule Colakoglu
    Post-transplant Monitoring of Chimerism by Lineage-specific Analysis / Sandra Preuner and Thomas Lion
    Urinary Proteomics Employing Capillary Electrophoresis Coupled to Mass Spectrometry in The Monitoring Of Patients After Stem Cell Transplantation / Eva M. Weissinger, William Mullen, and Amaya Albalat.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    College of American Pathologists Hematology and Clinical Microscopy Resource Committee
    Summary: "Bone Marrow Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to common and rare cells. For students and medical technologists, it’s an affordable, convenient way to identify various cell types quickly and confidently. Its rugged construction is well suited for heavy use at the workbench. Includes more than than 60 different identifications and detailed descriptions for each cell morphology."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Christine Beham-Schmid, Annette Schmitt-Graeff.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gary M. Kupfer, Gregory H. Reaman, Franklin O. Smith, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest scientific knowledge on inherited and acquired bone marrow failure syndromes, describing the advances in understanding of genetics and pathophysiology that have been achieved as a result of high-throughput DNA sequencing, RNA expression studies, and modern biochemistry techniques. The full range of relevant conditions is covered, including acquired aplastic anemia, Fanconi anemia, ribosomopathies, telomeropathies, dyskeratosis congenita, Shwachman-Diamond syndrome, Diamond-Blackfan anemia, and congenital neutropenias and thrombocytopenias. In addition, it is explained how the study of these rare diseases has uncovered important new science and elucidated the pathophysiology of more common hematological and oncological diseases. A treatment-specific chapter describes options ranging from the conventional to the cutting edge. Bone Marrow Failure will be of value for both trainee and practicing hematologists and oncologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lia Angela Moulopoulos, Vassilis Koutoulidis.
    Summary: MRI provides the best means of imaging the bone marrow directly and of non-invasively assessing its composition. Normal age-related bone marrow changes, alterations related to red marrow reconversion, and pathological bone marrow processes generally conform to certain patterns that reflect the underlying marrow changes and can be clearly recognized on MR images. In addition to conventional pulse sequences, advanced MRI techniques such as Dynamic Contrast-Enhanced MRI and Diffusion-Weighted Imaging depict marrow changes at the microvascular and cellular level respectively. This book provides radiologists with in-depth information on the MRI appearances of normal, abnormal and treated marrow following a structured, pattern-based approach. MRI findings for various diseases that affect the bone marrow, particularly those of a malignant nature, are presented in detail. MRI pattern recognition not only offers a systematic approach to image interpretation and diagnosis but also has prognostic implications with regard to some disease entities. Each chapter includes a wealth of high-quality images, together with Key Points summarizing the most important information. In addition to radiologists, practitioners with an interest in hematology and oncology will find this textbook-atlas to be a valuable resource for the latest, clinically relevant advances in bone marrow imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Takashi Nagasawa, editor.
    Summary: This volume summarizes recent advances in research on mesenchymal cell populations in the bone marrow. It explores how mesenchymal cells create niches for immune cells in extramedullary organs and it discusses new concepts of lympho-hematopoietic microenvironments. Readers are introduced to the fundamentals of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) differentiation to all types of blood cells, including immune cells, in the bone marrow. The book highlights how this process is supported and regulated by the individual microenvironments of stem cells, termed niches. The identity of HSC niches has been subject to longstanding debates. Recent studies identified the population of mesenchymal stem cells as the major cellular component of niches, for hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (HSPCs) and their candidate developmental origin. Furthermore, candidate cellular niches for immune cells in lymph nodes and adipose and connective tissues were identified. The authors of this volume focus on shared features between those and HSPC niche cells in the bone marrow. Covering latest research results, this book serves as fascinating read for researchers and clinicians in hematology and immunology.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Skeletal stem cells as the developmental origin of cellular niches for hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells
    Cellular niches for hematopoietic stem cells and lympho-hematopoiesis in bone marrow during homeostasis and blood cancers
    Remodeling of the bone marrow stromal microenvironment during pathogenic infections
    The Roles of IL-7 and IL-15 in Niches for Lymphocyte Progenitors and Immune Cells in Lymphoid Organs
    Lymph node stromal cells: diverse meshwork structures weave functionally subdivided niches
    Immune Niche within the Peritoneal Cavity.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dimitrios Kardamakis, Vassilios Vassiliou, Edward Chow, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this book serves both as an introductory and reference book focusing on the field of metastatic bone disease. Featuring contributions from experts in the field, this volume describes the molecular and cellular mechanisms involved in the formation of bone metastases, presents the newer advances made in the understanding of the clinical picture and symptoms of patients, analyses the role of bone markers in research and clinical practice and deals with all aspects of imaging modalities applied for the detection and evaluation of bone metastases. Moreover, the use of all available treatment methods, such as radiotherapy, surgery and systemic treatments for the management of patients with metastatic bone disease is discussed in detail. Overall this volume presents a thorough overview of all aspects of metastatic bone disease and provides a comprehensive and concise information resource for researchers, oncologists, orthopaedic surgeons and clinicians dealing with patients with metastatic bone disease.

    Contents:
    Preface. I Fundamental Concepts
    Pathophysiology of metastatic bone disease
    Bone metastases: epidemiology, clinical picture, SREs and prognosis
    Pain in bone metastases: types and mechanisms. II Investigations Of Bone Metastases
    Radiological evaluations: radiography, CT, MRI.-Nuclear medicine imaging modalities: bone scintigraphy, PET-CT, SPECT.-Bone turnover markers
    New omics approaches for bone metastases. III Therapeutic Management.-Analgesic treatment for bone mets
    Radiotherapy: external beam and radio-surgery
    Radionuclide therapy
    Bisphosphonates
    New targeted therapies for bone metastases
    Chemotherapy and hormone therapy
    HIFU/Radioablation
    Neuropathic bone metastases
    Spinal cord compression and cauda equina compression
    Pathological and impending fracture
    Re-irradiation
    Bone metastases in elderly patients
    Management of metastatic bone disease in the elderly with bisphosphonates and RANKL inhibitors: effectiveness and safety. IV Assesment of Therapeutic Response
    Radiological and nuclear medicine imaging modalities.-Clinical assessment measures
    Outcome measures in bone metastases clinical trials
    Quality of life in patients suffering from metastatic skeletal disease. V Cost of Managing Metastatic Bone Disease
    Cost effectiveness of treatment modalities for bone metastases
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Francesco Bertoldo, Francesco Boccardo, Emilio Bombardieri, Laura Evangelista, Riccardo Valdagni, editors.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on one of the hottest topics in prostate cancer, namely bone metastases. The most recent developments with respect to biology, pathology, diagnosis, and treatment are described, providing readers with an excellent understanding of the mechanisms of metastasis formation, the characteristics of metastases, their aggressiveness, and prognostic factors for treatment response. The coverage includes discussion of all of the best available options (laboratory, radiology, and nuclear medicine) for achieving early diagnosis and both established and novel therapeutic approaches. Detailed information is provided on hormonal manipulations, bone-targeted agents, vaccines, taxanes, and other treatments that are enriching the therapeutic armamentarium. The editors can be considered leaders in the field, with great experience in diagnostic and clinical oncology and research, and the authors are experts in diverse specialties. This ensures a multidisciplinary approach, mirroring the current situation in which treatment in patients with bone metastases is undertaken by a team of specialists and health professionals in a variety of fields.

    Contents:
    Biology and pathophysiology of bone metastases
    Markers of bone turnover
    Bone homing and metastasis
    Markers of prostate cancer
    Circulating cells
    Radiological assessment of bone metastases
    Nuclear Medicine: bone target imaging
    Nuclear Medicine: cancer and receptor target imaging
    Hormonal therapy
    Chemotherapy
    Combinations of hormonal therapy and chemotherapy
    Surgery
    Radiotherapy
    Bone-targeted agents
    Bone seeking radionuclide for therapy
    New frontiers in treatments
    Approaches for the assessment of response to therapies
    From Symptom control to pain palliation
    Economic impact of prostate cancer bone metastases
    Multidisciplinary approach. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Slobodan Vukicevic, Kuber T. Sampath.
    Contents:
    Historical perspective of bone morphogenetic proteins
    The systems biology of bone morphogenetic proteins
    Embryonic skeletogenesis and craniofacial development
    BMP and BMP regulation: structure and function
    Novel in vitro assay models to study osteogenesis and chondrogenesis for human skeletal disorders
    Toward advanced therapy medicinal products (ATMPs) combining bone morphogenetic proteins (BMP) and cells for bone regeneration
    BMP signaling in articular cartilage repair and regeneration: potential therapeutic opportunity for osteoarthritis
    BMPs in orthopaedic medicine: promises and challenges
    Osteogrow: a novel graft substitute for orthopedic reconstruction
    Biology of spine fusion and application of osteobiologics in spine surgery
    BMPs in dental medicine: promises and challenges
    Bone morphogenetic protein-7 and its role in acute kidney injury and chronic kidney failure
    Bone morphogenetic protein signaling in pulmonary arterial hypertension
    BMP signaling in fibrodysplasia ossificans progressiva, a rare genetic disorder of heterotopic ossification
    The central role of BMP signaling in regulating iron homeostasis
    BMPs in inflammation
    Physiological and pathological consequences of vascular BMP signaling
    Bone morphogenetic proteins in the initiation and progression of breast cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP552.B65 B664 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Pascal Laugier, Quentin Grimal, editors.
    Summary: Many significant achievements in new ultrasound technologies to measure bone and models to elucidate the interaction and the propagation of ultrasonic waves in complex bone structures have been reported over the past ten years. Impaired bone remodeling affects not only the trabecular compartment but also the cortical one. Despite the crucial contribution of the cortical structure to the whole bone mechanical competence, cortical bone was understudied for a long time. A paradigm shift occurred around 2010, with a special focus placed on the importance of cortical bone. This has sparkled a great deal of interest in new ultrasound techniques to assess cortical bone. While our book 'Bone Quantitative Ultrasound' published in 2011 emphasized techniques to measure trabecular bone, this new book is devoted for a large part to the technologies introduced recently to measure cortical bone. These include resonant ultrasound spectroscopy, guided waves, scattering, and pulse-echo and tomography imaging techniques. Instrumentation, signal processing techniques and models used are detailed. Importantly, the data accumulated in recent years such as anisotropic stiffness, elastic engineering moduli, compression and shear wave speeds of cortical bones from various skeletal sites are presented comprehensively. A few chapters deal with the recent developments achieved in quantitative ultrasound of trabecular bone. These include (i) scattering-based approaches and their application to measure skeletal sites such as the spine and proximal femur and (ii) approaches exploiting the poro-elastic nature of bone. While bone fragility and osteoporosis are still the main motivation for developing bone QUS, this Book also includes chapters reporting ultrasound techniques developed for other applications of high interest such as 3-D imaging of the spine, assessment of implant stability and transcranial brain imaging. This book, together with the book 'Bone Quantitative Ultrasound' published in 2011 will provide a comprehensive overview of the methods and principles used in bone quantitative ultrasound and will be a benchmark for all novice or experienced researchers in the field. The book will offer recent experimental results and theoretical concepts developed so far and would be intended for researchers, graduate or undergraduate students, engineers, and clinicians who are involved in the field. The book should be considered as a complement to the first book publisher in 2011, rather than a second edition, in the sense that basic notions already presented in the first book are not repeated.

    Contents:
    Preface (Claus Glüer)
    Chapter 1. Introduction (Quentin Grimal and Pascal Laugier)
    Part I: Ultrasound Methods for Skeletal Status Clinical Assessment
    Chapter 2. Quantitative Ultrasound (QUS) in the Management of Osteoporosis and Assessment of Fracture Risk: An Update (Didier Hans, Antoine Metrailler, Elena Gonzalez Rodriguez, Olivier Lamy, Enisa Shevroja)
    Chapter 3. Clinical devices for bone assessment (Kay Raum and Pascal Laugier)
    Chapter 4. Axial transmission – Techniques, devices and clinical results (Nicolas Bochud and Pascal Laugier)
    Chapter 5. Signal processing techniques applied to axial transmission ultrasound (Tho N.H.T. Tran, Kailiang Xu, Lawrence H. Le, and Dean Ta)
    Chapter 6. Ultrasonic Assessment of Cancellous Bone Based on the Two-Wave Phenomenon (Katsunori Mizuno, Yoshiki Nagatani, Isao Mano)
    Chapter 7. Pulse-echo Measurements of Bone Tissues. Techniques and Clinical Results at the Spine and Femur (Delia Ciardo, Paola Pisani, Francesco Conversano, Sergio Casciaro)
    Chapter 8. Scattering in Cancellous Bone (Keith Wear)
    Chapter 9. Ultrasound Scattering in Cortical Bone (Yasamin Karbalaeisadegh and Marie Muller)
    Chapter 10. Single-sided ultrasound imaging of the bone cortex: anatomy, tissue characterization and blood flow (Guillaume Renaud and Sébastien Salles)
    Chapter 11. Ultrasound Computed Tomography (Philippe Lasaygues, Luis Espinosa, Simon Bernard, Philippe Petit, Régine Guillermin)
    Part II: Ex vivo Measurement of Bone Material Properties: New Methods and Data
    Chapter 12. Measurement of Cortical Bone Elasticity Tensor with Resonant Ultrasound Spectroscopy (Simon Bernard, Xiran Cai and Quentin Grimal)
    Chapter 13. Documenting the anisotropic stiffness of hard tissues with resonant ultrasound spectroscopy (Xiran Cai, Simon Bernard, Quentin Grimal)
    Chapter 14. Assessing the elasticity of child cortical bone (Cécile Baron, Hélène Follet, Martine Pihioux, Cédric Payan, and Philippe Lasaygues)
    Chapter 15. Piezoelectric and Opto-Acoustic Material Properties of Bone (Atsushi Hosokawa and Mami Matsukawa)
    Part III: Emerging applications of Bone Quantitative Ultrasound
    Chapter 16. 3D Ultrasound Imaging of the Spine (Yong Ping Zheng and Timothy Tin Yan Lee)
    Chapter 17. Ultrasonic Evaluation of the Bone-Implant Interface (Yoann Hériveaux, Vu-Hieu Nguyen, Guillaume Haïat)
    Chapter 18. Adaptive ultrasound focusing through the cranial bone for non-invasive treatment of brain disorders (Thomas Bancel, Thomas Tiennot, Jean-François Aubry)
    Chapter 19. GuidedWaves in the Skull (Héctor Estrada and Daniel Razansky)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Guillaume Chuto, Emmanuel Richelme, Christophe Cermolacce, Michel Nicaud, Bruno Puech.
    Contents:
    Part I: Pathology
    Chapter 1: Orthopedics
    Chapter 2: Rheumatology
    Part II: Anatomy
    Chapter 3: Anatomy
    Appendix
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by Xiaoguang Cheng, Yongbin Su, Mingqian Huang.
    Summary: This book covers typical imaging features of benign and malignant bone tumors in the hip and knee. Illustrative cases have been carefully selected from thousands processed at the Orthopedic Department of Beijing Jishuitan Hospital, which holds a leading position in orthopedics in China. The chapters are organized by major bone tumour diseases: osteosarcoma, osteochondroma, Ewing sarcoma, bone metastases, etc. Comprehensive imaging information, including X-ray, CT and MRI, is presented in each chapter, and is accompanied by a brief clinical history, imaging findings, differential diagnoses, in-depth analysis and key insights from respected bone tumor specialists. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable guide for musculoskeletal radiologists, orthopedic surgeons, general radiologists, and oncologists alike.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Hip
    1 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst- Case 1
    2 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst- Case 2
    3 Osteoid Osteoma
    Case 1
    4 Osteoid Osteoma
    Case 2
    5 Osteochondroma
    6 Chondroblastoma
    7 Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma of Bone
    8 Chondromyxoid Fibroma
    9 Desmoid-type fibromatosis
    Case 1
    10 Desmoid-type fibromatosis
    case 2
    11 Giant Cell Tumor
    12 Chondrosarcoma
    13 Ewings Sarcoma
    14 Invasive mesenchymal malignant spindle cell tumor
    15 Bone Metastases
    Case 1
    16 Bone Metastases
    Case 2
    17 Lymphoma
    18 Eosinophilic granuloma
    Case 1
    19 Eosinophilic granuloma
    Case 2
    20 Tuberculosis Arthritis
    21 Septic Arthritis
    22 Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Case 1
    23 Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Case 2
    24 Gouty Arthritis
    25 Septic Arthritis
    Part 2 Knee
    26 Giant Cell Tumor of the bone
    27 Fibroma of Tendon Sheath
    28 Chondroblastoma
    Case 1
    29 Chondroblastoma
    Case 2
    30 Myxoid low grade malignant mesenchymal tumor
    31 Fibrous Cortical Defect
    Case 1
    32 Fibrous Cortical Defect
    Case 2
    33 Intra-osseous lipoma
    34 Giant cell tumor of bone
    35 Osteosarcoma
    36 Undifferentiated High-Grade Pleomorphic Sarcoma
    37 Osteomyelitis
    38 Synovial Sarcoma
    case 1
    39 Synovial Sarcoma
    case 2
    40 Pigmented villonodular synovitis
    Case 1
    41 Pigmented villonodular synovitis
    Case 2
    42 Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Case 1
    43 Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Case 2
    44 Gouty Arthritis
    45 Paget Disease
    46 Tuberculosis
    47 Giant Cell Tumor of the bone
    48 Subchondral cyst
    case 1
    49 Subchondral cyst
    case 2
    50 Extraskeletal myxoid chondrosarcoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jaime Paulos, Dominique G. Poitout, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the latest techniques for diagnostics and treatments specific to bone and soft tissue tumors. It focuses on imaging and classification of the bone and soft tissue tumors and how histology and cytogenetic aspects can be used to identify tumors. Each chapter focuses on a specific type of tumor, providing a concise overview of relevant information on their characteristics along with the latest surgical and medical treatments available. Bone Tumors: Diagnosis and Therapy Today is a concise guide to successfully identifying and treating bone and soft tissue tumors, making it a valuable resource for practicing medical professionals and trainees who encounter these patients in their day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Osteomas
    Chapter 3. Osteoid Osteoma
    Chapter 4. Osteoblastoma
    Chapter 5. Osteosarcoma
    Chapter 6. Osteochondroma and hereditary multiple Osteochondromas
    Chapter 7. Enchondroma
    Chapter 8. Chondromyxoid Fibroma
    Chapter 9. Chondroblastoma
    Chapter 10. Chondrosarcoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andrea Piccioli, Valentina Gazzaniga, Paola Catalano.
    Contents:
    Part I: 1 The study of ancient bone remains
    2 Study and data description
    Part II: 3 Traumatic pathologies
    4 Joint degenerative pathologies
    5 Oncologic pathologies
    6 Infective and Metabolic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Jane C. Ballantyne, Scott M. Fishman, James P. Rathmell.
    Summary: "The Bonica text is heavy on science. A thorough update is warranted considering work on the fourth edition began in 2007 and there's been no break in research in the interim. Pain Medicine is practiced in several medical specialties; the ABMS recognizes it as a subspecialty of Anesthesiology, Emergency Medicine, Family Medicine, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Psychiatry and Neurology, and Radiology. Management of Pain is also researched and practiced by physical therapists and psychologists (two disciplines not recognized by the ABMS). This diffuse assortment of researchers and practitioners author the chapters and purchase the book"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Takeshi Furuichi.
    Summary: This book describes the similarities and differences between two species, bonobos and chimpanzees, based on the three decades the author has spent studying them in the wild, and shows how the contrasting nature of these two species is also reflected in human nature. The most important differences between bonobos and chimpanzees, our closest relatives, are the social mechanisms of coexistence in group life. Chimpanzees are known as a fairly despotic species in which the males exclusively dominate over the females, and maintain a rigid hierarchy. Chimpanzees have developed social intelligence to survive severe competition among males: by upholding the hierarchy of dominance, they can usually preserve peaceful relations among group members. In contrast, female bonobos have the same or even a higher social status than males. By evolving pseudo-estrus during their non-reproductive period, females have succeeded in moderating inter-male sexual competition, and in initiating mate selection. Although they are non-related in male-philopatric society, they usually aggregate in a group, enjoy priority access to food, determine which male is the alpha male, and generally maintain much more peaceful social relations compared to chimpanzees. Lastly, by identifying key mechanisms of social coexistence in these two species, the author also seeks to find solutions or "hope" for the peaceful coexistence of human beings. "Takeshi Furuichi is one of very few scientists in the world familiar with both chimpanzees and bonobos. In lively prose, reflecting personal experience with apes in the rain forest, he compares our two closest relatives and explains the striking differences between the male- dominated and territorial chimpanzees and the female-centered gentle bonobos." Frans de Waal, author of Mamas Last Hug - Animal Emotions and What They Tell Us about Ourselves (Norton, 2019).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Judea Pearl and Dana Mackenzie.
    Summary: "Everyone has heard the claim, "Correlation does not imply causation." What might sound like a reasonable dictum metastasized in the twentieth century into one of science's biggest obstacles, as a legion of researchers became unwilling to make the claim that one thing could cause another. Even two decades ago, asking a statistician a question like "Was it the aspirin that stopped my headache?" would have been like asking if he believed in voodoo, or at best a topic for conversation at a cocktail party rather than a legitimate target of scientific inquiry. Scientists were allowed to posit only that the probability that one thing was associated with another. This all changed with Judea Pearl, whose work on causality was not just a victory for common sense, but a revolution in the study of the world"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Mind over data
    The ladder of causation
    From buccaneers to guinea pigs: the genesis of causal inference
    From evidence to causes: Reverend Bayes meets Mr. Holmes
    Confounding and deconfounding: or, slaying the lurking variable
    The smoke-filled debate: clearing the air
    Paradoxes galore!
    Beyond adjustment: the conquest of Mt. Intervention
    Counterfactuals: mining worlds that could have been
    Mediation: the search for a mechanism
    Big data, artificial intelligence, and the big questions.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Oleg Safir, Ranil Sonnadara, Polina Mironova, Rohit Rambani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a unique opportunity to gain a complete overview of how to run orthopedic surgery training, with all aspects of course planning covered including schedules, objectives, feasibility, instructors, materials, division-specific sessions, evaluations, research and refining course content. This practical program guide offers key information and course structuring guidance sought by orthopaedic specialists who wish to enhance their training programs for residents. Boot Camp Approach to Surgical Training will be a go-to book for both trainers and trainees wishing to successfully plan or complete a surgical education. In addition to surgical trainers and trainees, program directors in medical education, simulation lab directors, educators and researchers in medical training will find this book to be an essential resource for planning effective competency-based courses in orthopaedic surgery.

    Contents:
    Bridging the gap : theoretical principles behind surgical boot camps
    Competency-based medical education : a brief overview
    Toronto orthopaedic boot camp (TOBC)
    Canadian national vascular surgery boot camp
    Cardiac surgery boot camp
    The Toronto neurosurgery PGY-1 boot camp
    Undergraduate surgical boot camp
    Surgical preparatory camp (PREP Camp)
    Surgical simulation lab : feasibility and management
    "I wish I knew this before ..." an implementation science primer and model to guide implementation of simulation programs in medical education
    The future of medical education : simulation-based assessment in a competency-by-design curriculum.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lois W. Choi-Kain, John G. Gunderson, editors.
    Summary: In Borderline Personality and Mood Disorders: Comorbidity and Controversy, a panel of distinguished experts reviews the last two decades of progress in scientific inquiry about the relationship between mood and personality disorders and the influence of this empirical data on our ways of conceptualizing and treating them. This comprehensive title opens with an introduction defining general trends both influencing the expansion of the mood disorder spectrum and undermining clinical recognition and focus on personality disorders. The overlaps and differences between MDD and BPD in phenomenology and biological markers are then reviewed, followed by a review of the overlaps and distinctions between more atypical mood disorder variants. Further chapters review the current state of thinking on the distinctions between bipolar disorder and BPD, with attention to problems of misdiagnosis and use of clinical vignettes to illustrate important distinguishing features. Two models explaining the relationship between mood, temperament, and personality are offered, followed by a review of the literature on risk factors and early signs of BPD and mood disorders in childhood through young adulthood as well as a review of the longitudinal studies on BPD and mood disorders. The last segment of the book includes three chapters on treatment. The book closes with a conclusion with a synthesis of the current status of thinking on the relationship between mood and borderline personality disorder. An invaluable contribution to the literature, Borderline Personality and Mood Disorders: Comorbidity and Controversy insightfully addresses the mood and personality disorders realms of psychiatry and outlines that it has moved away from contentious debate and toward the possibility of synthesis, providing increasing clarity on the relationship between mood and personality to inform improvements in clinical management of the convergence of these psychiatric domains in common practice.

    Contents:
    Mood Disorders and Personality Disorders: Simplicity and Complexity
    Depressive Disorders in Borderline Personality Disorder: Phenomenology and Biological Markers
    Borderline Personality Disorder, Atypical Depression, and Cyclothymia: Diagnostic Distinctions Crossing Mood and Personality Disorders Borders
    Is Borderline Personality Disorder Underdiagnosed, and Bipolar Disorder Overdiagnosed?
    Affective Instability: Bipolar Disorder vs. Borderline Personality Disorder
    Bipolar Illness versus Borderline Personality: Red Skies versus Red Apples
    Hyperbolic Temperament as a Distinguishing Feature between Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Dysregulation
    The Integration of Mood, Behavior and Temperament in Mood Spectrum Disorders
    Borderline Personality and Mood Disorders: Risk Factors, Precursors and Early Signs in Childhood and Youth
    Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders: Longitudinal Course and Interactions
    Pharmacology
    Cognitive Behavioral Therapy-Based Interventions for Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders
    Psychodynamic Treatment for Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders: A Mentalizing Perspective
    Conclusion: Integration and Synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Barbara Stanley, Antonia S. New.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    1. A History of Borderline Personality Disorder / Antonia S. New and Joseph Triebwasser
    2. Diagnosis of Borderline Personality Disorder / Barbara Stanley and Tanya Singh
    3. Onset, Course, and Prognosis for Borderline Personality Disorder / Mary C. Zanarini and Lindsey C. Conkey
    4. Clinical Phenomenology of Borderline Personality Disorder / Larry Siever
    5. The Relationship Between Childhood Adversity and Borderline Personality Disorder / Joel Paris
    6. Neurobiology of Borderline Personality Disorder / Annegret Krause-Utz, Inga Niedtfeld, Julia Knauber, and Christian Schmal
    7. Genetic Influences on Borderline Personality Disorder / Marijn A. Distel, Marleen H. M. de Moor
    8. Suicidal and Non-Suicidal Self-Injury in Borderline Personality Disorder / Margaret S. Andover, Heather T. Schatten, and Blair W. Morris
    9. Substance Use Disorder in Borderline Personality Disorder / Beth S. Brodsky and Linda Dimeff
    10. Eating Disorders in Borderline Personality Disorder / Eugene Chen
    11. Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders / Eric A. Fertuck, Megan S. Chesin, and Brian Johnston
    12. Aggressive Behavior and Interpersonal Difficulties in Borderline Personality Disorder / Lori N. Scott and Paul A. Pilkonis
    13. Pharmacological Interventions for Borderline Personality Disorder / Kenneth R. Silk
    14. Mentalization Based Treatment / Lois W. Choi-Kain
    15. Transference Focused Psychotherapy : A Psychodynamic Treatment of Personality Disorders / Frank E. Yeomans and Jill C. Delaney
    16. Dialectical Behavior Therapy / Shireen L. Rizvi and Kristen M. Roman
    17. Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders / Kate M. Davidson
    18. Supportive Psychotherapy Case Management / David J. Hellerstein and Ron B. Aviram
    19. Family Psychoeducation Approaches for Borderline Personality Disorder / Valerie Porr
    20. Meeting the Clinical Challenges of Managing Borderline Personality Disorder / Beth S. Brodsky
    21. Assessing, Managing, and Resolving Suicide Risk in Borderline Personality Disorder / Adam Carmel, Jeffrey Sung, and Katherine Anne Comtois
    22. Forensic Issues in Borderline Personality Disorder / Alexander L. Chapman and André Ivanoff
    23. Borderline Personality Disorder and Advocacy : Individuals and Family Members Speaking Out for Change / Paula Tusiani-Eng and Bea Tusiani.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Brian Palmer, Brandon Unruh.
    Summary: This book brings together a series of experts and experienced clinicians to describe and discuss a series of BPD cases in a manner that emphasizes core descriptive and diagnostic features, principles and techniques, and key take-home messages for clinicians at all levels of experience. The book emphasizes consideration for the disorder from multiple perspectives to help identify effective responses to common clinical challenges and decision points. Written by experts in the field, each chapter uses a consistent format to present a common clinical challenge along with an effective therapeutic response and discussion of relevant theoretical and empirically validated principles. Each chapter title contains a patient's (fictionalized) name and a subheading identifying the clinical dilemma or approach to be illustrated. The text includes key points and chapter summaries to help pull together the most important takeaways as quick reference. Borderline Personality Disorder is a vital resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric nurses, general internists, social workers, and all medical professions working with patients suffering from Borderline Personality Disorder.

    Contents:
    Organizing and shaping a treatment toward change
    Stimulating Reflection and Curiosity
    Approach to suicidal behaviors in BPD patients
    Navigating Intersession Contact
    Managing mistrust, paranoia, and relationship rupture
    BPD in the Emergency Department
    Principles of Inpatient BPD Management
    Caring for a Patient with BPD on the Inpatient Medical Service
    BPD and Substance Use
    Medical Problems and Comorbidities
    Managing Co-Morbidities and Appropriate Use of Psychopharmacology
    Engaging family to be productive participants in a BPD treatment
    Addressing narcissistic problems in treatment for BPD
    Narcissistic personality disorder with borderline features
    Providing consultation to determine level of care and organize treatment
    Early Diagnosis and Intervention in Adolescents
    When less may be more: scaling limited treatment resources using a stepped-care model.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Trevor Noah.
    Summary: Noah's path from apartheid South Africa to the desk of The Daily Show began with a criminal act: his birth. Born to a white Swiss father and a black Xhosa mother, at the time such a union was punishable by five years in prison. As he struggles to find himself in a world where he was never supposed to exist, his mother is determined to save her son from the cycle of poverty, violence, and abuse that would ultimately threaten her own life. With an incisive wit and unflinching honesty, Noah weaves together a moving yet funny portrait of a boy making his way through a damaged world in a dangerous time. -- Adapted from publisher.

    Contents:
    I. Run
    Born a crime
    Trevor, pray
    Chameleon
    The second girl
    Loopholes
    Fufi
    Robert
    II. The mulberry tree
    A young man's long, awkward, occasionally tragic, and frequently humiliating education in affairs of the heart, part I: Valentine's Day
    Outsider
    A young man's long, awkward, occasionally tragic, and frequently humiliating education in affairs of the heart, part II: the crush
    Colorblind
    A young man's long, awkward, occasionally tragic, and frequently humiliating education in affairs of the heart, part III: the dance
    III. Go Hitler!
    The cheese boys
    The world doesn't love you
    My mother's life
    Acknowledgments.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PN2287.N557 A3 2016
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter M. Waters, Daniel J. Hedequist, Benjamin J. Shore.
    Summary: "Originating from the esteemed Boston Children's Hospital, this new volume in the Illustrated Tips and Tricks series provides succinct, precise information from a wide range of experts on tackling technical problems in pediatric orthopaedic reconstructive surgery. Edited by Drs. Peter M. Waters, Benjamin J. Shore, and Daniel J. Hedequist, this volume presents practical, hands-on content gained from years of surgical experience, including nuggets of wisdom unique to particular institutions. Drawings, operative photos, and videos are used liberally throughout the book to illustrate surgical techniques and provide a handy visual complement to the text. Covers all areas of pediatric orthopaedic reconstructive surgery including sports medicine surgery, reconstruction, neuromuscular correction, upper extremity surgery, spine surgery, hip surgery, pediatric foot and ankle surgery, cerebral palsy related surgery, and orthopaedic oncology. Features the latest surgical techniques, presented in a crisp, step-by-step style, and provides brief overviews of equipment, anesthesia, patient positioning, and other procedural elements...
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glyn E. Jones.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Chong Tae Kim.
    Summary: "Botulinum Neurotoxin: A Guide to Motor Point Injections identifies the correct motor points for botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) injections for non-cosmetic purposes such as muscle dystonia, muscle spasticity, teeth grinding, or drooling. Dr. Chong-Tae Kim expertly guides readers through the efficient blocking of neurotransmitters using BoNT, identifying target muscles and clearly demonstrating how to identify optimal insertion points"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Head, face, and neck
    Trunk
    Upper arm
    Forearm
    Hand
    Upper leg
    Lower leg
    Foot
    Deformities of head/face/neck
    Deformities of trunk
    Deformities of upper arm
    Deformities of forearm
    Deformities of hand
    Deformities of upper leg
    Deformities of lower leg
    Deformities of foot
    Appendix: Salivary and sweat glands.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew Blitzer, Brian E. Benson, Diana N. Kirke.
    Summary: "Senior author Dr. Andrew Blitzer is an internationally renowned pioneer on the use of botulinum neurotoxin for functional disorders, with unparalleled expertise on this topic. Joined by co-editors Brian Benson and Diana Kirke, with multidisciplinary contributors, Botulinum Neurotoxin for Head and Neck Disorders Second Edition fills a gap in the medical literature. The unique textbook focuses on the use of botulinum neurotoxins for functional disorders of the head and neck, though with some aesthetic indications. The second edition reflects the latest advances and understanding of existing and emerging applications for botulinum neurotoxins, including new treatment paradigms, revised pharmacology, and an updated review of the literature in all chapters. Twenty superbly illustrated chapters cover the management of hyperfunctional, pain, and hypersecretory syndromes of the head and neck. Hyperfunctional motor disorders are discussed in chapters focused on blepharospasm, facial dystonia, Meige syndrome, oromandibular dystonia, spasmodic dysphonia (laryngeal dystonia), and cervical dystonia. Specific treatment approaches for pain are addressed in chapters on migraine and chronic daily tension headaches, temporomandibular disorders, and trigeminal neuralgia. The treatment of autonomic nervous system disorders is covered in chapters dedicated to Frey syndrome, facial hyperhydrosis, and sialorrhea"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pharmacology of Botulinum Neurotoxins / Muna I. Bitar, Nikita Kohli, Maya Samman, and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Blepharospasm / Amit Patel, Andrew Blitzer, and Boris L. Bentsianov
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Facial Dystonia / Scott M. Rickert, Amy P. Wu, and Andrew Blitzer Botulinum
    Neurotoxin for Meige Syndrome / Niv Mor and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Oromandibular Dystonia / Daniel Novakovic and Ajay E. Chitkara
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Spasmodic Dysphonia / Phillip C. Song, Lucian Sulica, and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Cervical Dystonia / Tanya K. Meyer, Joel Guss, and Ronda E. Alexander
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Hemifacial Spasm and Facial Synkinesis / Lesley French Childs, Daniel Novakovic, and Scott R. Gibbs
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Hyperfunctional Facial Lines / Brian E. Benson, Diana N. Kirke, and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Upper and Lower Esophageal Spasm / Nwanmegha Young and Brian E. Benson
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Palatal Myoclonus / Ajay E. Chitkara, Catherine F. Sinclair, and Daniel Novakovic
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Temporomandibular Disorders, Masseteric Hypertrophy, and Cosmetic Masseter Reduction / Michael Z. Lerner and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin Therapy in the Laryngopharynx / Craig H. Zalvan, Phillip C. Song, Nwanmegha Young, and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Migraine / Rachel Kaye, Jerome Schwartz, Brian E. Benson, and William J. Binder
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Chronic Tension Headache / Nwanmegha Young and Brian E. Benson
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Trigeminal Neuralgia / Elizabeth Guardiani, Andrew Blitzer, Lesley French Childs, and Ronda E. Alexander
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Frey's Syndrome / Rachel Kaye, Andrew Blitzer, and Brian E. Benson
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Facial Hyperhidrosis / Diana N. Kirke, Daniel Novakovic, and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Sialorrhea / Brianna K. Crawley, Scott M. Rickert, Senja Tomovic, and Andrew Blitzer
    Botulinum Neurotoxin for Radiation-Induced Spasm and Pain / Diana N. Kirke, Brian E. Benson, and Tanya K. Meyer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Alastair Carruthers, Jean Carruthers.
    Summary: This well-organized text provides current, authoritative guidance on popular procedures including masseter hypertrophy and darker skin types, the therapeutic uses of botulinum toxins, and their future in dermatology. The renowned author team of Drs. Jean Carruthers and Alastair Carruthers offers evidence-based, procedural how-to's and step-by-step advice on proper techniques, pitfalls, and tricks of the trade, so you can successfully incorporate the latest procedures into your practice. -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Therapeutic uses of the botulinum toxins
    History of onabotulinumtoxina therapeutic
    History of cosmetic botulinum toxin
    Basic science of Botox® cosmetic
    Abobotulinumtoxina : science and clinical usage
    Basic science : xeomin®
    Basic science : Myobloc®
    Neuronox® and Innotox®
    Injectable daxibotulinumtoxina (rt002)
    Comparison of botulinum toxins
    Topical daxibotulinumtoxina (rt001)
    Topical botulinum toxin type a
    Reconstitution and dilution
    Benzyl alcohol
    Glabella
    Modulation of eyebrow position and shape by treatment with neuromodulators and fillers
    Frontalis and horizontal forehead line
    Treatment of crow's feet
    Infraorbital/upper and lower eyelids
    Treatment of the midface with botulinum toxin
    Orbicularis oris, mentalis, and depressor anguli oris
    Platysma, Nefertiti lift, and beyond
    The masseters and their treatment with botulinum toxin
    Darker skin types
    Combination noninvasive facial aesthetic treatments with botulinum toxin type a
    Focal axillary hyperhidrosis
    Palmoplantar hyperhidrosis
    The future of neuromodulators in aesthetic medicine.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect [2018]
  • Digital
    edited by, Alastair Carruthers, Jean Carruthers, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam ; video editor, Omer Ibrahim ; series editors, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Kyle K. Seo.
    Summary: This book, containing more than 400 photos and illustrations, provides practical guidelines for the cosmetic use of botulinum toxin type A (BTA) in Asians. The differences in BTA treatment of Asians and Caucasians with respect to applicable dose, injection methods, anatomic significance, and indications are clearly described. It is explained how the optimal dose and injection sites for the treatment of wrinkles differ from the guidelines advocated in North America and Europe. Detailed consideration is given to the rapidly expanding role that BTA treatment is playing in facial and body contouring based on leveraging the mechanism of disuse muscle atrophy. Examples that are particularly relevant in Asians include treatment of hypertrophy of the masseter and temporalis muscles and calf muscle reduction. Further chapters are devoted to the use of BTA in the treatment of hyperhidrosis and the intradermal injection of BTA. The book will be an excellent resource for all dermatologists, plastic surgeons, cosmetic Physicians, and other clinicians who employ BTA in Asian patients. .

    Contents:
    1. Botoxology
    2. Wrinkle Treatment with Botullinum Toxin
    3. Facial Contouring with Botulinum Toxin
    4. Multiple Intradermal Botulinum Toxin Injections
    5. Body Contouring with Botulinum Toxin
    6. Hyperhidrosis Treatment with Botulinum Toxin
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Miles G. Berry.
    Summary: This book concisely summarizes the use of Botulinum neurotoxin in facial rejuvenation. It details relevant aspects of the physiology, pharmacology, safety profile and anatomy of the toxin. Chapters breakdown critical aspects related to the clinical assessment and aesthetic administration of this neurotoxin along with insightful information on its regulation. Botulinum Toxin in Clinical Practice provides a practically focused introductory text to the cosmetic applications of this neurotoxin in aesthetic dermatology, making it an ideal resource for the trainee practitioner seeking a concise summary of the topic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    A Brief History of Botulinum Neurotoxins
    The Biophysiology of Botulinum Neurotoxins
    Botulism
    Non-A Botulinum
    The Pharmacology of Botulinum Neurotoxins
    References
    Chapter 2: Anatomical Considerations
    Facial Musculature
    Frontalis Muscle
    Corrugator Muscle
    Procerus Muscle
    Orbicularis Muscle'
    Aging and the Basis of Therapeutic Muscular Relaxation
    References
    Chapter 3: Basic Concepts of Beauty and Youth
    The Importance of the Human Face
    Gender Specifics Skin Pigmentation
    History of Awareness of Facial Beauty
    Concepts and Analysis of Beauty
    References
    Chapter 4: Skin
    Skin: History
    Skin: Structure/Anatomy
    Physiology and the Aging Face
    Bone
    Retaining Structures
    Muscles and Supporting Fascia
    Subcutaneous Layer
    Skin
    Epidermis
    Dermis
    Skin Types
    Skin Aging
    Genetics
    Hormonal
    The Sun
    Visible Light
    Ultraviolet Light
    Infrared Light
    Gender
    Smoking
    Ethnicity
    Optimisation
    Prevention
    Retinoids
    References
    Chapter 5: Clinical Assessment Consultation: History and Examination
    History
    Examination
    Photography and Consent
    Practical Tips
    Chapter 6: Administration of Botulinum Neurotoxin
    Product Selection, Reconstitution and Storage
    Technique and Product Placement
    Common Treatment Areas
    Glabellar Complex
    Top Tips
    Forehead
    Top Tips
    Crow's Feet
    Top Tips
    Post-Injection Advice
    Safety, Side-Effects and Complications
    Systemic
    Localised
    Lack of Effect/Antigenicity
    References
    Chapter 7: Medical Uses of Botulinum Neurotoxin
    Ophthalmology
    Neurology
    Gastroenterology Urology
    Dental
    Psychiatry
    References
    Chapter 8: The Patient's Page
    Basic Premises
    A Patient Writes
    Chapter 9: Education, Training and Regulation
    HEE
    JCCP and CPSA
    References
    Glossary
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kate Coleman.
    Summary: "Botulinum Toxin in Facial Rejuvenation, 2nd Edition, covers the entire range of the use of botulinum toxin for cosmetic purposes. Dr. Kate Coleman offers practical guidance for safe handling, selection and assessment of patients, potential complications and pitfalls, and aesthetic techniques, as well as comparative modalities and long-term management. This is an ideal resource for anyone who offers this sought-after procedure, including cosmetic surgeons, oculoplastic surgeons, dermatologists, physician's assistants, and registered nurses"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Botulinum toxin : mode of action and serotypes
    Clinical indications and use
    Patient preparation and injection skills
    Patient selection : the art of understanding neuromodulation and symmetry
    The art of patient selection and short- and long-term management
    Contraindications and complications
    Management of crow's feet
    Management of forehead wrinkles
    Treatment of the perioral region, the neck and scars
    Other solutions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Scott M. Whitcup, Mark Hallett, editors.
    Summary: In a rapidly progressing field, Botulinum Toxin Therapy provides both clinicians and basic researchers with the latest science on the structure and function of botulinum toxins and the use of these toxins to treat a wide variety of diseases. Part 1 of the book reviews the basic science of botulinum toxins including advances in our understanding of the molecular structure and mechanism of action of botulinum toxins. This section also discusses the manufacturing and formulation of botulinum toxins for clinical use and the development of novel therapeutic toxins for the future. Part 2 reviews the use of botulinum toxins in clinical practice. It discusses the clinical pharmacology of botulinum toxin drugs and their use in a wide variety of clinical conditions including headache, spasticity, pain, disorders of the genitourinary and gastrointestinal tract, strabismus, and medical aesthetics.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic Science
    The History of Botulinum Toxins in Medicine: A Thousand Year Journey
    The History of Botulinum Toxins in Medicine: A Thousand Year Journey
    Botulinum Neurotoxins: Mechanism of Action
    Manufacturing and Clinical Formulations of Botulinum Neurotoxins
    Novel Native and Engineered Botulinum Neurotoxins
    Part 2. Clinical Practice
    Clinical Pharmacology of Botulinum Toxin Drugs
    The Use of Botulinum Toxin for Treatment of the Dystonias
    The Use of Botulinum Toxin for Treatment of Spasticity
    Use of Botulinum Toxin in Ophthalmology
    Hyperhidrosis and Aesthetics
    Use of Botulinum Toxin in Genitourinary System
    Gastrointestinal Uses of Botulinum Toxin
    The Use of Botulinum Toxin in the Management of Headache Disorders
    Botulinum Toxin and Pain
    The Use of Botulinum Toxin for Treatment of Depression.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bahman Jabbari.
    Summary: Several books have been written on the subject of botulinum toxin and other neurotoxins for treatment of medical disorders including two Springer publications by Dr. Jabbari. However, despite the huge interest and enthusiasm of the public to learn more about this and other toxins, there is currently no book in the market on this subject which is specifically designed to inform and educate the public on botulinum toxin therapy. Botulinum Toxin Treatment explains and discusses in simple language the structure and function of botulinum toxin and other neurotoxins as well as the rational for its utility in different disease conditions. Safety, factors affecting efficacy, and duration of action, as well as cost and insurance issues are also addressed.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: A Neurotoxin Which is Used for Health
    How it all Began?; Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Basics of Structure and Mechanisms of Function of Botulinum Toxin
    How Does it Work?; Introduction; Excessive Sweating and Drooling; Pain; References; Chapter 3: Botox and Other Neurotoxins; Introduction; Botox (Allergan Inc., Irvine California); Xeomin (Merz Pharmaceuticals, Frankfurt- Germany) [3]; Dysport (Ipsen Limited- Paris France) [5]; Myobloc (Neurobloc in Europe -WorldMed/Solstice Neurosciences, Louisville, Kentucky); Preparation/Injection. Botox Treatment of Plantar Faciitis (PF)Sample Case; Piriformis Syndrome (PS); Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Complications of Stroke; Introduction; Spasticity After Stroke and the Role of Botulinum Toxins in Treatment of Stroke- Related Spasticity; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Spasticity; Technical Issues in Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Stroke Spasticity; Botulinum Toxin Therapy of Persistent Drooling after Stroke; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Joint Pain after Stroke; Movement Disorders After Stroke; Conclusion; References. Chapter 7: Botulinum Toxin Treatment in Multiple SclerosisIntroduction; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Spasticity in Multiple Sclerosis; Technique of Injection; Case Report; Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Bladder Problems in Multiple Sclerosis; Injection Technique; Treatment of Pain with Botulinum Toxins in Multiple Sclerosis; Case Report; Movement Disorders in Multiple Sclerosis; Treatment of Difficulty with Swallowing (Dysphagia); Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Bladder and Pelvic Disorders; Introduction; Botulinum Toxins. ConclusionReferences; Chapter 5: Neurotoxins in Management of Pain Disorders- New Encouraging Data; Intoduction; Anatomy of Pain Pathways; Pain Modulation; Pain Perception; Animal Studies of Botulinum Toxins in the Field of Pain; Nerve Endings and Peripheral Receptors; Dorsal Root Ganglion; Spinal Cord Sensory Neurons; Human Pain Syndromes; Chronic Low Back Pain; Patient Observation; Pain After Shingles (Post-Herpetic Neuralgia-PHN)); Treatment; Botulinum Toxin Treatment; Sample Case; Trigeminal Neuralgia (TN); Botulinum Toxin Treatment; Sample Case; Diabetic Neuropathy; Plantar Fasciitis. Non -FDA Approved Botulinum Toxins Used in Far East AsiaProsigne; Meditoxin/Noronox; Definition of Clinical Trials; Study Class and Efficacy Evaluation; References; Chapter 4: The Role of Botulinum Toxins in Treatment of Headaches; Introduction; Migraine and Chronic Migraine; Treatment of Acute Attacks; Preventive Treatment; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Migraine; PREEMPT Studies; Sites of Botox Injection, Recommended Dose Per Site and Per Session; How to Inject?; Side Effects of Botox Therapy in Chronic Migraine; Episodic Migraine; Tension-Type Headaches; Secondary Headaches; Economic Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bahman Jabbari.
    Summary: This book provides an authoritative overview of botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) treatment menus for 14 pain categories with an evidence based literature review on each pain disorder, illustrative figures along with brief video clips showing the techniques and patient interviews. Introductory chapters cover basic information about the mechanism, function and the analgesic effects of the BoNTs based on the data derived from animal studies. Clinical chapters define pain in conditions such as post-herpetic and post-traumatic neuralgias, plantar fasciitis, low back pain, post-surgical pain syndromes and migraine in detail, provide discussion of current modes of treatment and updated information on BoNT therapy. Each chapter also includes illustrative case histories. Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Pain Disorders will prove an invaluable resource for clinicians and researchers involved in the treatment of pain disorders including neurologists, pain medicine specialists, anesthesiologists, internists, those conducting research in pharmacology and toxicology as well as students in these areas.

    Contents:
    Molecular Structure, Mode of Action and Immunology of Botulinum Neurotoxins
    Analgesic effects of botulinum neurotoxins: Data from animal studies
    Neuropathic Pain (NP)
    Migraine and Other Primary Headaches
    Botulinum Neurotoxins and Chronic Low Back Pain
    Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Plantar Fasciitis (Plantar Fasciopathy)
    Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Piriformis Syndrome
    Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Myofascial Pain Syndrome and Fibromyalgia
    Pelvic and Urogenital Pain
    Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Chronic Facial pain: Trigeminal Neuralgia, Temporo-Mandibular Disorders and Dental-Related Pain
    Botulinum Neurotoxins for Relief of Pain Associated with Spasticity
    Treatment of Dystonic Pain with Botulinum Neurotoxins
    Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Prevention of Post-surgical Pain
    Botulinum Toxins for Treatment of Pain in Orthopedic Disorders
    Botulinum Toxins for Treatment of Cancer-related, Post-radiation, Post-surgical and End of Life Pain
    Botulinum Neurotoxin Treatment of Unusual and Rare Painful Disorders
    Future Prospects of Pain Treatment with Botulinum Neurotoxins.
    Digital Access Springer 2015

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.